[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2024217186A1 - Projection screen and manufacturing method therefor, and projection system - Google Patents

Projection screen and manufacturing method therefor, and projection system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024217186A1
WO2024217186A1 PCT/CN2024/081257 CN2024081257W WO2024217186A1 WO 2024217186 A1 WO2024217186 A1 WO 2024217186A1 CN 2024081257 W CN2024081257 W CN 2024081257W WO 2024217186 A1 WO2024217186 A1 WO 2024217186A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
lens
projection screen
lens unit
projection
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2024/081257
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
大岛宜浩
田代晃
大迫纯一
内藤畅夫
林正健
中込圭介
侯蕊
Original Assignee
青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202310422256.0A external-priority patent/CN118818877A/en
Priority claimed from CN202310548405.8A external-priority patent/CN116699937A/en
Priority claimed from CN202311078929.1A external-priority patent/CN119511625A/en
Application filed by 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 filed Critical 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司
Publication of WO2024217186A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024217186A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B3/00Simple or compound lenses
    • G02B3/02Simple or compound lenses with non-spherical faces
    • G02B3/08Simple or compound lenses with non-spherical faces with discontinuous faces, e.g. Fresnel lens
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B21/00Projectors or projection-type viewers; Accessories therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B21/00Projectors or projection-type viewers; Accessories therefor
    • G03B21/54Accessories
    • G03B21/56Projection screens

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of projection technology, and in particular to a projection screen, a manufacturing method thereof, and a projection system.
  • the current projection system can usually be used in conjunction with a projection screen.
  • the projection device emits projection light, which is incident on the projection screen and then reflected by the projection screen to the human eye, where the projected image is viewed.
  • a Fresnel lens layer is provided inside the projection screen to reflect the projection light emitted by the projection device toward the audience.
  • a projection screen comprising:
  • a Fresnel lens layer is located on one side of the surface functional layer;
  • the Fresnel lens layer includes a plurality of lens units, the plurality of lens units are arranged in concentric circles that expand in sequence along the radial direction;
  • the lens unit includes a lens surface that is tilted relative to the plane where the surface functional layer is located;
  • a reflective layer at least covering the inclined surface of the lens unit
  • the inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit is sufficient to reflect the light emitted by the projection device to the reflective layer on the lens surface toward the viewer;
  • the lens units are axially symmetrically distributed, the symmetry axis of each lens unit is perpendicular to the horizontal direction, and the center of the lens unit is located on the straight line where the symmetry axis is located; the inclination angle of the lens surface of at least one lens unit in the multiple groups of lens units at the first position is greater than the inclination angle at the second position, and the distance from the first position to the symmetry axis is greater than the distance from the second position to the symmetry axis.
  • a projection system comprising:
  • a projection device for emitting projection light for emitting projection light
  • a projection screen located at the light-emitting side of the projection device, the projection screen being the above-mentioned projection screen;
  • the projection device is an ultra-short-throw laser projection device; the projection device comprises:
  • a three-color laser light source device used for emitting three-primary-color lasers
  • a light modulation component located at the light output side of the three-color laser light source device, and used to modulate the output laser light of the three-color laser light source device;
  • the projection lens is located at the light-emitting side of the light modulation component.
  • a method for manufacturing a projection screen comprising:
  • Fresnel lens layer manufacturing process manufacturing a Fresnel lens layer; a surface of one side of the Fresnel lens layer has a plurality of lens units, each of the lens units is in the shape of concentric circles that are sequentially expanded and arranged along the radial direction; the lens unit includes a lens surface and a non-lens surface that are connected to each other;
  • Wavelength selective reflection layer manufacturing process forming a wavelength selective reflection layer on the surface of the lens unit; the thickness of the wavelength selective reflection layer along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen increases as the radius of each lens unit increases;
  • a surface functional layer manufacturing step forming a surface functional layer on one surface of the Fresnel lens layer having the wavelength selective reflection layer.
  • a method for manufacturing a projection screen comprising:
  • a Fresnel lens layer is manufactured; a surface of one side of the Fresnel lens layer has a plurality of arc-shaped lens units, and the arc-shaped lens units are concentrically arranged; each of the lens units comprises a lens surface and a non-lens surface connected to each other, the lens surface is inclined relative to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the non-lens surface is used to connect the lens surface;
  • a vapor deposition source is arranged at a set position of the Fresnel lens layer to form a reflective layer on the lens surface of the plurality of lens units; the vapor deposition source is located on one side of the Fresnel lens layer having the plurality of lens units, and a set distance is provided between the vapor deposition source and the plurality of lens units;
  • a surface functional layer is formed on a side of the Fresnel lens layer facing away from the reflective layer.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a projection system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of a projection screen in the related art
  • FIG3 is one of the schematic diagrams of projection effects provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of partitions of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is one of the schematic cross-sectional structure diagrams of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is one of the schematic diagrams of the planar structure of the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a second schematic diagram of the projection effect provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is one of the curves showing the variation of the inclination angle of the inclined surface of the Fresnel structure at different positions provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of the projection screen along the symmetry axis I-I' in FIG6;
  • FIG. 10 is a second curve showing the variation of the inclination angle of the inclined surface of the Fresnel structure at different positions provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG11 is a second schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is a third schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a fourth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG14 is a schematic diagram of a planar structure of a surface functional layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG15 is a fifth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG16 is a sixth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG17 is a seventh schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG18 is an eighth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG19 is a ninth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG20 is a tenth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG21 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG22 is a second schematic diagram of the structure of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG23 is a third schematic diagram of the structure of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG24 is a reflectivity curve of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application to light of different wavelength bands;
  • FIG25 is a schematic diagram of the optical path of the projection light incident on the projection screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG26 is one of the schematic diagrams of coating provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG27 is a reflectivity curve of a wavelength-selective reflection layer produced by a wavelength shift according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG28 is a second schematic diagram of coating provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG29 is a curve showing changes in optical parameters of a metal complete oxide provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG30 is a curve showing changes in optical parameters of metal suboxides provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG31 is a curve showing the change of oxidation number with the flow rate of reactive gas in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG32 is a curve showing the change of oxygen partial pressure with the flow rate of reactive gas in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG33 is a curve showing the variation of the extinction coefficient with the reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG34 is a curve showing the change of film forming speed with the change of reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process controlled by plasma luminescence provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG35 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a projection device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG36 is a flowchart of a method for manufacturing a projection screen according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of a film-forming cathode portion of a sputtering device in the related art
  • FIG38 is a schematic structural diagram of a film-forming cathode portion of a sputtering device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG39 is a schematic diagram of a sputtering process provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG40 is a second schematic diagram of the planar structure of the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 41 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the A-A' direction in Fig. 40;
  • FIG42 is a second flowchart of the method for manufacturing a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG43 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG44 is a schematic diagram of a planar structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG45 is a second schematic plan view of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 46 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the I-I' direction in Fig. 44;
  • FIG47 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG48 is a schematic plan view of the positional relationship between the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG49 is a second cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship among the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG50 is a schematic diagram of a planar structure of the positional relationship among an evaporation source, a baffle and a Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG51 is a second schematic plan view of the positional relationship among the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG52 is a third cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship among the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 53 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the B-B' direction in Fig. 40;
  • FIG54 is a schematic diagram showing the positional relationship among the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer along the cross section shown in FIG53 ;
  • FIG55 is a third schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG56 is a fourth schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, baffle and lens structure layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a projection system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the projection system includes: a projection device 2 and a projection screen 1 .
  • the projection screen 1 is located on the light emitting side of the projection device 2.
  • the audience faces the projection screen 1.
  • the projection device 2 emits projection light.
  • the projection light is incident on the projection screen 1 and is emitted to the position of the audience through the projection screen 1, so that the audience can watch the projected image.
  • the projection system is a front projection system.
  • the projection system is a rear projection system.
  • the projection device 2 emits projection light to the projection screen 1
  • the projection screen 1 reflects the projection light to the audience, so that the audience can see the projected image.
  • the projection device 2 emits projection light to the projection screen 1, and the projection light is emitted to the audience through the projection screen 1, so that the audience can see the projected image.
  • the ultra-short-throw projection device has the characteristics of short projection distance and large projection screen, and is very suitable for application in the home field.
  • the projection system provided in the embodiment of the present application can adopt the ultra-short-throw projection device.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the front-projection ultra-short-throw projection system as an example to specifically illustrate the structure of the projection screen.
  • the front-projection ultra-short-throw projection system usually installs the projection screen 1 on the wall or hangs it at a high place.
  • the projection device 2 is located below the projection screen 1, and the projection light is emitted from the bottom of the projection screen 1 to the projection screen 1 obliquely upward. Since the ultra-short-throw projection system has a small projection ratio, a larger-sized projection image can be obtained while reducing the distance between the projection device 2 and the projection screen 1, which is very suitable for application in scenes such as laser TVs.
  • FIG. 2 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of a projection screen in the related art.
  • the projection screen includes: a surface layer 10, a Fresnel lens layer 12 and a reflective layer 13, wherein the surface layer 10 and the Fresnel lens layer 12 are bonded to each other via an adhesive layer 14, and the Fresnel lens layer 12 includes a plurality of lens units, each of which is in the shape of concentric circles that expand in sequence along the radial direction.
  • the surface of the lens unit is provided with a reflective layer 13, and the lens unit can make the light L emitted by the projection device 1 enter the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the Fresnel lens layer 12 and then reflect toward the position where the audience is located, so that the projection light enters the human eye and the projection image is viewed.
  • FIG. 3 is one of the schematic diagrams of the projection effect provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • each lens unit 121 has the same problem. Since the lens unit 121 is usually a spherical mirror, that is, the same lens unit 121 is located on a spherical mirror with the same radius of curvature, and the spherical mirror itself has astigmatism, as shown in FIG3 , the lens unit 121 cannot reflect the incident light to the same position, and the light collection effect is poor, thereby causing the gain uniformity of the projection screen to deteriorate.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of partitions of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the projection screen is usually placed on a wall or hung high up when in use. If the projection screen is rectangular, the projection The bottom edge of the screen is parallel to the horizontal direction, and the sides are parallel to the vertical direction, and the vertical direction is a direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction.
  • the projection screen is evenly divided into three parts along the horizontal and vertical directions, thereby dividing the projection screen into 9 areas S1 to S9.
  • the gain uniformity is measured by the ratio between the average gain of areas S1, S3, S7, and S9 and the gain of area S5.
  • the limit of the gain uniformity of the projection screen is about 70%.
  • FIG. 5 is one of the schematic cross-sectional structure diagrams of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the projection screen includes: a surface functional layer 11 , a Fresnel lens layer 12 and a reflective layer 13 .
  • the surface functional layer 11 can be located on the outermost surface of the projection screen. In the embodiment of the present application, the surface functional layer 11 is located on the side closest to the audience, thereby protecting the projection screen. In addition, the surface functional layer 11 can also be processed in a variety of ways according to different needs to achieve the effects of expanding the viewing angle, resisting ambient light reflection, and resisting ceiling reflection.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the planar structure of a Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on one side of the surface functional layer 11, specifically on the side of the surface functional layer 11 opposite to the audience.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 includes a plurality of lens units 121 arranged according to a set rule.
  • the lens unit 121 can adopt different structures. As shown in FIG6 , multiple groups of lens units 121 are arranged in concentric circles that expand in sequence along the radial direction.
  • the center O of the concentric lens unit 121 is usually not located in the projection screen, and the projection screen does not contain a complete lens unit, but contains a partial arc of the lens unit.
  • the projection device emits projection light from the bottom side of the projection screen to the projection screen, the center of the lens unit 121 can be located outside the projection screen and close to the bottom side, then the radius of each lens unit 121 gradually increases as it gradually moves away from the bottom side.
  • the lens unit 121 includes a lens surface x1 and a non-lens surface x2 connected to each other.
  • the lens surface x1 is tilted relative to the surface functional layer 11, and the tilt angle of the lens surface x1 is set according to the incident angle of the projection light, so as to reflect the outgoing light of the projection device toward the audience when it is incident on the reflective layer on its surface.
  • the non-lens surface x2 is used to connect the lens surface x1.
  • the reflective layer 13 at least covers the lens surface of each lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12.
  • the lens surface of the lens unit has a specific tilt angle, so that the reflective layer 13 covering its surface also has a corresponding tilt angle, thereby allowing the projection light to be incident on the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens unit and reflected toward the position of the audience by the reflective layer 13.
  • the reflective layer 13 can be a metal film formed by evaporation or sputtering process, and the metal film covers the surface of the lens unit 121, so that the surface of the metal film has the same undulation trend as the lens unit, and the surface of the metal film can maintain the reflection angle of the lens unit facing the incident light when designed.
  • the metal film can be made of aluminum, silver, titanium and other metals, which are not limited here.
  • the projection screen is usually rectangular and includes four sides, and the adjacent sides are perpendicular to each other.
  • the projection screen is usually set on a wall or hung at a high place, and the bottom side and the top side are usually parallel to the horizontal direction x, and the sides are perpendicular to the horizontal direction.
  • the projection screen is an axisymmetric figure, and its symmetry axis I-I' is perpendicular to the bottom side, and each lens unit 121 is axially symmetrically distributed about the symmetry axis I-I', and the center of each lens unit is located on the symmetry axis I-I'.
  • the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of at least one lens unit 121 at the first position is greater than the inclination angle at the second position, wherein the distance from the first position to the symmetry axis I-I' is greater than the distance from the second position to the symmetry axis I-I', then the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit 121 can satisfy: it increases with the increase of the vertical distance from the lens surface x1 to the symmetry axis I-I'.
  • each lens unit 121 can be divided into two parts, left and right, along the symmetry axis I-I', wherein the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of the lens unit on the left side gradually increases along the first direction xl, and the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of the lens unit on the right side gradually increases along the second direction xr.
  • the inclination angles of the lens surfaces of the same lens unit are mutually symmetrical about the symmetry axis I-I', that is, in the same lens unit 121, the inclination angles of the lens surfaces at positions where the vertical distances from the left and right sides to the symmetry axis I-I' are equal are equal, that is, in the same lens unit 121, the inclination angles of the lens surfaces at positions that are mutually symmetrical about the symmetry axis I-I' are equal.
  • FIG. 7 is a second schematic diagram of the projection effect provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the tilt angle of the lens surface of at least one lens unit is set to increase as the vertical distance from the lens surface to the symmetry axis I-I' increases, that is, the tilt angles of the lens surfaces at both sides of the same lens unit are larger, as shown in FIG7, so that the light incident on both sides can be concentrated more toward the middle position.
  • the embodiment of the present application sets all lens units in the projection screen so that the inclination angle of the lens surface increases with the increase of the vertical distance from the lens surface to the symmetry axis I-I' of the projection screen, thereby concentrating the light to the middle position to the greatest extent.
  • Figure 6 is one of the change curves of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit at different positions provided in an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from Figure 8 that the change in the inclination angle of the lens surface of the same lens unit satisfies the sine function. From position A to position B and then to position D, the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit first gradually decreases and then gradually increases, changing in a sinusoidal curve.
  • the A/D position is the position of the lens unit close to the edges of both sides of the projection screen
  • the B position is the middle position of the lens unit.
  • the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit at the positions on both sides needs to be larger than the inclination angle at the middle position, so that after the light enters the lens unit, more light is reflected to the middle position, achieving the effect of focusing light to the middle.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen along the symmetry axis I-I’ in FIG6 .
  • the projection device usually emits a projection light L toward the projection screen at the middle position below the projection screen. Since the position of the projection device is fixed, the incident angle and direction of the projection light L when incident on different positions of the projection screen are different. In order to make the projection light be reflected toward the position where the audience is located, each lens unit needs to be designed into a concentric circle shape that expands sequentially along the radial direction, and the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit along the same radial direction is different. In the embodiment of the present application, the inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit increases along the radial direction as the radius of the lens unit increases.
  • the tilt angle of the lens surface of the same lens unit varies at different positions (such as positions A, B, and D), so the tilt angles of the lens surfaces of the lens units along different directions are not comparable, but along the same direction, such as the radial direction y in FIG9, the radius of each lens unit increases successively, and the tilt angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit increases successively, that is, the tilt angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit along the radial direction y satisfies: ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3.
  • the position of the lens unit with a larger radius is closer to the edge of the projection screen.
  • the tilt angle of the lens surface of the lens unit closer to the edge position needs to be set larger, so the tilt angle of the lens surface of the lens unit needs to be set to increase along the radial direction with the increase of the radius.
  • FIG. 10 is a second variation curve of the tilt angle of the lens surface of the lens unit at different positions provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the variation law of the inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit satisfies the sine function.
  • the amplitude of the sine function satisfied by the inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit in the embodiment of the present application increases with the increase of the radius of the lens unit.
  • the sine curve f1 represents the variation law of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit with a larger radius
  • the sine curve f2 represents the variation law of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit with a smaller radius. It can be seen from FIG10 that the amplitude of the sine curve f1 satisfied by the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit with a larger radius is greater than the amplitude of the sine curve f2 satisfied by the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit with a smaller radius.
  • the projection screen can be used with an ultra-short-throw projection device.
  • the ultra-short-throw projection system can project large-size images.
  • the radius of the lens unit is within 2000 mm, and the change in the tilt angle of the lens surface of the same lens unit (m in FIG. 10 ) is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 2.25°.
  • the change in the tilt angle of its lens surface gradually increases.
  • the change in the tilt angle of the lens surface of the lens unit increases with the increase in the size of the projection screen.
  • the radius of the lens unit is within 2000 mm, the maximum variation of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the same Fresnel structure does not exceed 2.25°.
  • the embodiment of the present application only takes the case where the radius of the lens unit in the projection screen is within 2000 mm as an example.
  • the change in the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit may exceed 2.25°.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of the change.
  • FIG. 11 is a second schematic diagram of the structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the projection screen further includes: an adhesive layer 14, which is located between the surface functional layer 11 and the Fresnel lens layer 12 and is used to bond the surface functional layer 11 to the Fresnel lens layer 12.
  • the adhesive layer 14 can be made of an acrylic or silicone adhesive, or a UV curable resin material, which is not limited here.
  • the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on the side away from the surface functional layer 11 , and the adhesive layer 14 is used to bond the surface functional layer 11 to the surface of the Fresnel lens layer 12 opposite to the lens unit 121 .
  • the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on the side facing the surface functional layer 11, and the adhesive layer 14 is used to bond the surface functional layer 11 to the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens unit 121.
  • the adhesive layer 14 can protect the reflective layer 13.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on the side farthest from the audience, and no light is incident on the Fresnel lens layer 12, the requirements on the light transmittance and damage of the Fresnel lens layer 12 are reduced, and it is no longer necessary to use expensive optical materials to make the Fresnel lens layer 12, and cheaper industrial materials can be used for production, thereby reducing production costs.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 includes a first substrate 122, the surface of the first substrate 122 facing the surface functional layer 11 and the surface on the opposite side of the surface functional layer 11 are both flat surfaces, and the lens unit 121 is located on the first substrate 122.
  • the first substrate 122 can be made of materials such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate (PC), polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), triacetylcellulose (TAC), cycloolefin polymer (COP), thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyimide (PI), polyamide (PA), polyethylene (PE), and polypropylene (PP).
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PC polycarbonate
  • PMMA polymethyl methacrylate
  • TAC triacetylcellulose
  • COP cycloolefin polymer
  • TPU thermoplastic polyurethane
  • PVC polyvinyl chloride
  • PI polyimide
  • PA polyamide
  • PE polyethylene
  • PP polypropylene
  • the lens unit 121 can be formed by applying ultraviolet curable resin to a mold having a lens unit shape, and UV curing the ultraviolet curable resin while imprinting it with the first substrate 122.
  • the lens unit 121 can also be made of other materials combined with other manufacturing methods, which are not limited here.
  • FIG. 12 is a third schematic diagram of the structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 is an integrated structure, one side surface of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is a lens unit 121, and the other side surface is a flat surface.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 with an integrated structure can omit the process of combining the substrate with the lens unit, further simplifying the manufacturing process.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 with an integrated molding structure can be manufactured by thermoforming, which is not limited here.
  • FIG13 is a fourth schematic diagram of the structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG14 is a schematic diagram of the planar structure of the surface functional layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the surface functional layer 11 has a light diffusion function, as shown in FIG13 , the surface functional layer 11 may include: a second substrate 111 and a diffusion layer 112.
  • the second substrate 111 serves as a substrate for the diffusion layer 112, the second substrate 111 is in contact with the adhesive layer 14, and the diffusion layer 112 is located on the surface of the second substrate 111 on the opposite side to the adhesive layer 14.
  • Lasers have high collimation, so the divergence angle of the projection light is small.
  • the light reflected by the projection screen has high collimation, which also leads to a small viewing angle.
  • the diffusion layer 112 By setting the diffusion layer 112, the light passing through the diffusion layer can be The post-emission angles are diversified, so that the light finally emitted from the projection screen has a certain divergence angle, which increases the viewing angle of the audience viewing the projection image.
  • the diffusion layer 112 is also beneficial to suppress the generation of laser speckle and optimize the projection image.
  • the diffusion layer 112 can be formed on the surface of the second substrate 111 by making the resin material contain diffusion particles.
  • the diffusion particles can be, but are not limited to, silicon dioxide particles, aluminum oxide particles, titanium oxide particles, cerium oxide particles, zirconium oxide particles, tantalum oxide particles, zinc oxide particles, magnesium fluoride particles, etc.
  • the second substrate 111 may be made of, but is not limited to, PET, PEN, PC, PMMA, TAC, COP, TPU, PVC, PI, PA, PE, PP and other materials.
  • the diffusion layer 112 may have anisotropic diffusion properties, where anisotropic diffusion means that the diffusion angles in different directions are different. As shown in FIG. 14 , the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer 112 along the horizontal direction x is greater than the diffusion angle along the vertical direction y.
  • the horizontal direction x and the vertical direction y are different directions in the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • the horizontal direction x is parallel to the bottom side of the projection screen;
  • the vertical direction y is perpendicular to the horizontal direction and parallel to the symmetry axis I-I' of the projection screen.
  • the vertical direction y corresponds to the height direction when the audience watches the projection screen.
  • the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the vertical direction is larger, the light from the ceiling will also be diffused, resulting in an increase in the black field brightness of the projection screen.
  • the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the horizontal direction is large, the field of view angle of the projection screen in the left and right directions can be diffused. Therefore, by applying the anisotropy that the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the horizontal direction x is greater than the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the vertical direction y, the field of view angle of the projection screen in the horizontal direction can be increased while avoiding an increase in the black field brightness.
  • the diffusion layer by manufacturing the diffusion layer into a structure in which the ridges are arranged along the vertical direction y, it is possible to achieve an effect that the diffusion angle in the horizontal direction x is greater than the diffusion angle in the vertical direction y.
  • the lens unit is a spherical mirror, which will produce astigmatism, so the areas S1, S4 and S7 of the projection screen, and the areas S3, S6 and S9 will emit light to both sides in the horizontal direction, so the gain uniformity of the projection screen deteriorates.
  • an anisotropic diffusion layer whose diffusion angle in the vertical direction y is smaller than the diffusion angle in the horizontal direction x is used, the gain uniformity of the projection screen will further decrease due to the increase in the diffusion degree in the horizontal direction.
  • the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the vertical direction y is increased, so that the light can be further diffused from the bottom to the top, thereby improving the gain uniformity of the projection screen.
  • the increase in the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the vertical direction y will cause the black field brightness to increase, which will still affect the display effect.
  • the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit is set so that the inclination angle at the edge position is greater than the inclination angle at the middle position, so that the light can be concentrated more at the middle position, and at the same time, an anisotropic diffusion layer is used in which the diffusion angle in the horizontal direction x is greater than the diffusion angle in the vertical direction y, so that the black field brightness can be reduced while suppressing the brightness reduction of the projection screen in areas S2 and S5.
  • the embodiment of the present application also tests the gain uniformity of the projection screen made according to the above concept.
  • the specific production process is: an 80-inch lens unit is made on the surface of a 250 ⁇ m thick PET substrate to form a Fresnel lens layer. Then, a reflective layer is formed on the surface of the lens unit by evaporating aluminum. Next, a diffusion layer with a diffusion angle in the vertical direction smaller than the diffusion angle in the horizontal direction is made on the surface of a 250 ⁇ m thick PET substrate.
  • the above two PET substrates are bonded to each other by a transparent adhesive to obtain a projection screen.
  • the same method is used to measure the gain uniformity of the projection screen by the ratio between the average gain of regions S1, S3, S7, and S9 and the gain of region S5.
  • the gain uniformity of the projection screen can be improved to more than 80%, and the gain uniformity of the projection screen can be achieved to 100% by designing a reasonable inclination angle.
  • FIG. 15 is a fifth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the surface functional layer 11 only includes a second substrate 111, which is in contact with the adhesive layer 14 and is bonded to the Fresnel lens layer 12 via the adhesive layer 14.
  • the material of the second substrate 111 includes a diffusion material, so when the second substrate 111 is formed, the second substrate 111 can have a light diffusion capability and a certain haze.
  • the second substrate 111 including the diffusion material can expand the field of view angle, It can also reduce the reflection of light, thereby preventing the light from forming a clear image on the ceiling. It has the effect of anti-ceiling reflection and can enhance the audience's viewing experience.
  • FIG. 16 is a sixth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the surface functional layer 11 includes only a second substrate 111, which is in contact with the adhesive layer 14 and is bonded to the Fresnel lens layer 12 through the adhesive layer 14.
  • the surface of the second substrate 111 on the opposite side of the adhesive layer 14 is an uneven surface.
  • the uneven surface can be formed by sandblasting or alkali treating the surface of the second substrate 111, which is not limited here.
  • the uneven surface of the second substrate 111 can play a certain role in light diffusion and atomization, thereby expanding the viewing angle, resisting ceiling reflection, and the like.
  • FIG. 17 is the seventh schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in the embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 18 is the eighth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the projection screen may also include only the Fresnel lens layer 12, the reflective layer 13 and the surface functional layer 11.
  • the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is arranged on the side facing the viewer, the reflective layer 13 is located on the surface of the lens unit 121, and the surface functional layer 11 is located on the surface of the reflective layer 13.
  • the surface functional layer adopts a diffusion layer 112 covering the reflective layer 13.
  • the diffusion layer 112 can be formed on the surface of the reflective layer 13 by coating, spraying, etc.
  • the projection screen structure shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 can effectively reduce the thickness of the projection screen.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 can adopt the structure shown in FIG. 17 , including a first substrate 122 and a lens unit 122 located on the first substrate 122, or can adopt the integrated structure shown in FIG. 18 .
  • FIG. 19 is a ninth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the adhesive layer 14 may contain a light absorbing material and color the adhesive layer 14 to improve the black brightness of the projection screen.
  • the adhesive layer 14 may be colored with a dark material such as carbon black or dye to deepen the color of the adhesive layer 14, which is not limited here.
  • the projection light L emitted by the projection device is incident on the inside of the projection screen, and is reflected by the reflective layer 13 after being incident on the reflective layer 13, and then is emitted from the projection screen in the direction of the audience.
  • the ambient light C can also be incident on the inside of the projection screen.
  • some ambient light will also be reflected when incident on the reflective layer 13 and will be emitted from the projection screen. These reflected ambient lights will interfere with the projection light, thereby reducing the contrast of the projected image.
  • the film layer in the projection screen is usually colored, so that the colored film layer can absorb the incident ambient light and reduce the reflection of the ambient light.
  • the adhesive layer 14 can be colored, and dyes, carbon black and other light-absorbing substances can be mixed into the material of the adhesive layer 14, so that the ambient light is absorbed when it enters the adhesive layer 14.
  • the colored film layer in the projection screen absorbs light of all wavelengths, the projection light L has a reduced emission efficiency after entering the colored film layer (such as the adhesive layer 14), and cannot improve the contrast.
  • the reflective layer may adopt a wavelength selective reflective layer F, which can selectively reflect the projection light emitted by the projection device, while greatly reducing the reflectivity of light in other bands.
  • a wavelength selective reflective layer F which can selectively reflect the projection light emitted by the projection device, while greatly reducing the reflectivity of light in other bands.
  • the projection light L emitted by the projection device is incident on the inside of the projection screen from the side of the surface functional layer 11, and is reflected by the wavelength selective reflection layer F on the surface of the lens unit 121 when incident on the lens unit 121, thereby reflecting in the direction of the audience.
  • the ambient light C is incident on the inside of the projection screen from the side of the surface functional layer 11.
  • the wavelength selective reflection layer F since the wavelength selective reflection layer F only reflects the projection light, the reflectivity of the ambient light in other wavelength bands is low, so the reflection of the ambient light can be greatly reduced, and the contrast of the projection light can be improved.
  • the wavelength selective reflection layer F uses the principle of the resonance cavity to select the wavelength of the light emitted toward the audience, while other wavelengths are restricted in the resonance cavity and cannot be emitted, thereby achieving the effect of selective reflection of the projection light.
  • Figure 21 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a second structural schematic diagram of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 23 is a third structural schematic diagram of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wavelength selective reflection layer F includes: a reflective layer 131 and at least one film layer group z located on the reflective layer 131 .
  • the film layer groups z are stacked and each film layer group z includes: a semi-transparent layer 132 and a transparent medium layer 133 .
  • the reflective layer 131 has the function of reflecting light.
  • the reflective layer 131 is located on the side away from the audience and does not need to transmit light. Therefore, it can be made of a material with reflective properties but no light-transmitting properties.
  • the reflective layer 131 can be made of materials such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, silver or silver alloy.
  • the reflective layer 131 can be made of aluminum alloys such as Al and AlSi, or a laminated structure composed of silver alloys such as Ag and AgPaCu, which is not limited here.
  • the reflective layer 131 can be made by sputtering, evaporation and other methods, which is not limited here.
  • the semi-transparent layer 132 is located on the side close to the surface functional layer 11
  • the reflective layer 131 is located on the side of the semi-transparent layer 131 opposite to the surface functional layer 11, and there is a certain distance between the semi-transparent layer 132 and the reflective layer 131.
  • the transparent medium layer 133 is located between the semi-transparent layer 132 and the reflective layer 131.
  • the reflective layer 131, the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 form a resonant cavity structure.
  • the wavelength selective reflective layer F can be set to a single resonance structure as shown in FIG. 21, that is, the reflective layer 131, the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 form a resonance structure; or the wavelength selective reflective layer F can be set to a double resonance structure as shown in FIG. 22, that is, the reflective layer 131, the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 form a resonance structure, and the adjacent semi-transparent layer 132, the transparent medium layer 133 and the semi-transparent layer 132 form another resonance structure; and so on, the wavelength selective reflective layer F can also include more than two resonance structures. The more resonance structures included in the wavelength selective reflective layer F, the more precise its wavelength selectivity, and the cost will also increase accordingly. Therefore, it is necessary to strike a balance between performance and cost.
  • the semi-transparent layer 132 in the wavelength selective reflection layer F has a semi-transparent and semi-reflective property, so that when the projection light is incident on the projection screen, the projection light can be incident on the resonance structure, and when the projection light oscillates and strengthens in the resonance structure, it can also be emitted from one side of the semi-transparent layer 132.
  • the semi-transparent layer 132 can be a laminated structure formed by at least one metal selected from Al, Nb, Ag and Ti, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the semi-transparent layer 132 can be manufactured by sputtering, evaporation and other methods, which are not limited here.
  • the thickness of the transparent medium layer 133 determines the cavity length of the resonance structure, and the product of the refractive index and thickness of the transparent medium layer 133 determines the wavelength of the light emitted from the resonance structure to the audience and the wavelength that is extinguished inside the resonance structure. Therefore, when designing the resonance structure, it is necessary to select a dielectric material whose product of the refractive index and thickness satisfies the conditions for the projection light emitted by the projection device to resonate.
  • the transparent medium layer 133 can be made of materials such as metal oxides, nitrides or transparent resins.
  • the transparent medium layer 133 can be made of metal oxides or nitrides such as TiO2, Nb2O5, ZrO2, Al2O3, ZnO2, SiO2, etc., and can be made by reactive sputtering, electron beam (EB) evaporation, chemical vapor deposition and other methods; or it can also be made of a laminated structure of one or more of transparent resins such as PMMA, PC, PS, etc., and made by wet processing processes such as gravure printing and die coating, which are not limited here.
  • metal oxides or nitrides such as TiO2, Nb2O5, ZrO2, Al2O3, ZnO2, SiO2, etc.
  • EB electron beam
  • the wavelength selective reflection layer F may further include a substrate 134, and the substrate 134 is located on the side of the semi-transparent layer 132 opposite to the transparent medium layer 133.
  • the substrate 134 serves as the base of the resonance cavity and has a supporting and bearing function.
  • the substrate 134 may be made of materials such as PET, which is not limited here.
  • the projection light source can adopt a three-color laser light source device, which can emit red laser, green laser and blue laser. Then, by adjusting the refractive index and thickness of the material of the transparent medium layer, the resonance cavity can simultaneously enhance the reflection of red laser, green laser and blue laser, while attenuating the reflection of light in other bands, thereby improving the contrast of the projection light.
  • FIG24 is a reflectivity curve of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in the embodiment of the present application for light of different wavelength bands.
  • the position of the dotted line in FIG24 is the position of the peak wavelength of the three-color laser emitted by the three-color laser light source device.
  • the wavelength selective reflection layer can have a high reflectivity at the wavelengths of the red laser, green laser and blue laser emitted by the projection device at the same time, while the reflectivity at other wavelength bands is significantly reduced, which is conducive to improving the contrast of the projection light.
  • the thickness of the semi-transparent layer 132 is within the range of 2nm to 20nm
  • the thickness of the reflective layer 131 is greater than 50nm and less than The effect is better when the product of the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 and the refractive index is in the range of 1200 to 1800.
  • the thickness of the reflective layer 131, the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 in the wavelength selective reflection layer F mainly focuses on the thickness of the film layer located on the lens surface x1 of the lens unit 121, and the thickness refers to the thickness of the film layer along the lens surface x1 perpendicular to the lens unit 121.
  • the materials of each film layer in the wavelength selective reflection layer and the cavity length of the resonance cavity are selected and designed based on the incident angle range of the incident light on the lens surface x1 being ⁇ 15°.
  • the thickness and refractive index of the transparent medium layer 133 in the wavelength selective reflection layer F along the direction perpendicular to the lens surface x1 are related to the wavelength of selective reflection, so the coating thickness of the transparent medium layer 133 needs to be accurately controlled.
  • the reflective layer 131 , the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 in the wavelength selective reflective layer F are all manufactured by the coating process, the structure of each film layer in the embodiment of the present application is specifically described.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of the optical path of the projection light incident on the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the incident angles of the projection light emitted by the projection device when incident on different positions of the projection screen are also different.
  • the inclination angles of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 are different. Taking the Fresnel lens layer 12 shown in FIG25 as an example, along the direction gradually away from the projection device 2 (away from the bottom side of the projection screen), the radius of each lens unit 121 increases successively, and the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 gradually increases, that is, ⁇ 3 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1.
  • the incident angle range of the projection light incident on the lens surface x1 of different lens units is within the range of 10° to 15°.
  • FIG. 26 is one of the schematic diagrams of coating provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the coating process is usually a process of depositing a thin film on a flat surface 12’, and the film forming direction is perpendicular to the flat surface 12’ as shown in the direction of the arrow in FIG. 26 , that is, the thickness of the thin film 133’ at each position on the flat surface 12’ perpendicular to the flat surface 12’ is basically the same.
  • each lens unit 121 the inclination angles of the lens surfaces x1 of each lens unit 121 are different, so the thicknesses of the light-transmitting medium layers 133 on the surfaces of different lens units along the plane perpendicular to the lens surface x1 are not equal.
  • the thickness of the film layer parallel to the film forming direction is referred to as the plane thickness
  • the thickness of the film layer perpendicular to the lens surface of the lens unit is referred to as the vertical thickness.
  • the vertical thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 is L ⁇ cos ⁇ , where ⁇ is the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of the lens unit 121.
  • FIG. 27 is a reflectivity curve of the wavelength shift produced by the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer along the lens surface perpendicular to the lens unit decreases as the radius of the lens unit increases. This will cause the color near the bottom of the screen to be reddish when the projection screen displays a full white image, and the color uniformity of the screen is reduced.
  • the coating equipment is adjusted in the embodiment of the present application so that the wavelength selective reflection layer F covering the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121, especially the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 in the wavelength selective reflection layer F along the direction perpendicular to the lens surface x1, can be equal, thereby improving the chromaticity uniformity of the projection screen.
  • FIG. 28 is a second schematic diagram of coating provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the thickness of the film layer can be controlled in the film forming direction, so that the thickness of the film layer in the wavelength selective reflection layer F along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen increases with the increase of the radius of the lens unit, thereby ensuring that the thickness of the film layer along the plane perpendicular to the lens surface x1 on each lens unit 121 is equal or approximately equal.
  • the thickness of the transparent medium layer 133 along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen satisfies: L3' ⁇ L2' ⁇ L1'.
  • the manufacturing order of each film layer in the wavelength selective reflective layer F is different according to the setting direction of the Fresnel lens layer 12.
  • the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 when the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on the side away from the adhesive layer 14, it is necessary to form a semi-transmissive layer, a light-transmissive medium layer and a reflective layer on the lens unit 121 in sequence.
  • the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 when the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is arranged facing the adhesive layer 14, it is necessary to form a reflective layer, a light-transmissive medium layer and a semi-transmissive layer on the lens unit 121 in sequence, which is opposite to the above manufacturing order.
  • the projection light L emitted by the projection device is incident on the inside of the projection screen from the side of the surface functional layer 11, and is reflected by the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens unit when incident on the lens unit 121, thereby reflecting in the direction where the audience is located.
  • the projection screen including the reflective layer 13 is a reflective screen, and the film layers before the light is incident on the reflective layer 13 are all light-transmissive.
  • At least one of the light-transmitting film layers of the projection screen may contain a low-valent oxide, thereby reducing the transmittance of the light-transmitting film layer to the visible light band, that is, the low-valent oxide has a certain absorptivity to the visible light band. Therefore, when displaying a black image, it can absorb the incident ambient light and improve the black brightness of the projection screen.
  • Suboxides are incomplete oxides.
  • metal suboxides can be used, and the transmittance to the visible light band can be changed by controlling the oxygen content of the metal suboxides.
  • Metal suboxides are transition products of metals during the oxidation process. Metals are mostly opaque substances. From the metallic state to the oxide state after complete oxidation, the transmittance to the visible light band will gradually increase, and the absorptivity will gradually decrease. Finally, it will be completely oxidized into an oxide that is transparent to the visible light band.
  • the oxide formed by the completely oxidized metal is called the metal complete oxide
  • the oxide formed by the incompletely oxidized metal is called the metal suboxide.
  • FIG29 is a curve showing the changes in optical parameters of a metal complete oxide provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG30 is a curve showing the changes in optical parameters of a metal low-valent oxide provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • optical parameters include parameters that characterize various aspects of performance.
  • the main parameters that need to be considered in the projection screen are the refractive index n and the extinction coefficient k.
  • the extinction coefficient k determines the absorption capacity of the incident visible light band. The larger the extinction coefficient, the stronger the absorption capacity. Comparing Figures 29 and 30, it can be seen that the refractive index n of the metal complete oxide decreases with the increase of wavelength and then tends to be constant, and the extinction coefficient k decreases rapidly with the increase of wavelength, and the value in the visible light band is 0, that is, it has no light absorption in the visible light band.
  • the refractive index n will tend to decrease first and then increase with the increase of wavelength
  • the extinction coefficient k will tend to decrease first, then increase and then decrease with the increase of wavelength
  • the value of the extinction coefficient k in the visible light band is above 0, so it has an absorption effect on the visible light band. Therefore, by adding a metal low-valent oxide to any one of the light-transmitting film layers in the projection screen, the film layer can have certain light absorption properties in the visible light band while being light-transmitting.
  • metal suboxides can be produced by a reactive sputtering process with plasma luminescence control.
  • the sputtering source is metal.
  • reactive gases such as oxygen are also needed.
  • the plasma luminescence intensity is adjusted by controlling the flow rate of the reactive gas to form metal suboxides.
  • FIG. 31 is a curve showing the change of oxidation number with the change of reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in the embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 32 is a curve showing the change of oxygen partial pressure with the change of reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in the embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 33 is a curve showing the change of extinction coefficient with the change of reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sputtering source is metal
  • the reactive gas is oxygen.
  • the solid circle frames in FIG. 31 to FIG. 33 are the metal low-valent oxide states.
  • the dotted circle represents the metal's complete oxide state.
  • the main component of the substance formed in the metal zone is metal, and the oxidation number and oxygen partial pressure tend to increase slowly; when it reaches the transition zone, the metal is partially oxidized, and the main component is metal low-valent oxide, and the oxidation number and oxygen partial pressure increase significantly; and when it reaches the oxide zone, the metal is completely oxidized into metal complete oxide, and the oxidation number and oxygen partial pressure show a trend of slowly increasing, and after the flow rate of the reactive gas increases to a certain extent, the oxidation number and oxygen partial pressure tend to stabilize.
  • the reactive gas flow rate gradually increases, the main component of the substance formed in the metal zone is still metal, so the extinction coefficient is large, the light absorption is strong and the light transmittance is poor; as the reactive gas flow rate gradually increases, the metal is gradually oxidized, and when the metal is oxidized into a metal low-valent oxide in the transition zone, its extinction coefficient is greatly reduced, but it still has a certain light absorption and the light transmittance increases; as the reactive gas flow rate increases to a certain extent, the metal is completely oxidized to form a metal complete oxide, at which time the extinction coefficient is reduced to the minimum value and it no longer has light absorption.
  • the reflective layer 13 can adopt a wavelength selective reflective layer F.
  • a low-valent oxide can be used in the wavelength selective reflective layer F to make it have both wavelength selective reflectivity and absorption of incident light, thereby improving the performance of the projection screen.
  • the product of the refractive index and thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 in the wavelength-selective reflection layer F determines the wavelength selected for reflection by the wavelength-selective reflection layer.
  • the light-transmitting medium layer 133 may be made of metal complete oxides such as TiO2, Nb2O5, ZrO2, Al2O3, ZnO2, SiO2, etc. However, these metal complete oxides are transparent to light in the visible light band.
  • the wavelength-selective reflection layer F may contain low-valent oxides.
  • the light-transmitting medium layer 133 may be made of metal low-valent oxides, or metal low-valent oxides may be added to the material of the light-transmitting medium layer 133, and the transparency of the metal low-valent oxides may be reduced to a certain extent by controlling the oxygen content of the metal low-valent oxides.
  • the wavelength selective reflection layer F can have both wavelength selective reflection and certain light absorption in the visible light band, which can shield the ambient light. There is no need to set a separate light absorption layer in the projection screen, which simplifies the structure of the projection screen and reduces the production cost.
  • the material of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 in the wavelength-selective reflection layer F may be entirely low-valent oxides.
  • the material of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 in the wavelength-selective reflective layer F may include low-valent oxides and complete oxides.
  • the low-valent oxides and complete oxides may be layered.
  • the light-transmitting dielectric layer 133 may include a first dielectric layer and a second dielectric layer stacked in layers; wherein the first dielectric layer may be made of a low-valent oxide, and the second dielectric layer may be made of a complete oxide; or, the first dielectric layer may be made of a complete oxide, and the second dielectric layer may be made of a low-valent oxide.
  • the order of the low-valent oxide and the complete oxide is not limited.
  • Each film layer in the wavelength selective reflection layer F can be manufactured by a sputtering process.
  • the metal is oxidized to different degrees by controlling the flow rate of the reactive gas, i.e., oxygen.
  • the metal is partially oxidized, a metal low-valent oxide is formed, and when the metal is completely oxidized, a metal complete oxide is formed.
  • the absorption capacity of the film layer formed by reactive sputtering to the incident light decreases with the increase of the oxygen content. Therefore, in order to enable the light-transmitting medium layer 133 to achieve a suitable light absorption effect, the flow rate of the reactive gas needs to be finely controlled.
  • the metal low-valent oxide in the light-transmitting medium layer can be one of Nb2O5-x, TiO2-y or Ta2O5-z, wherein 0 ⁇ x ⁇ 5, 0 ⁇ y ⁇ 2, 0 ⁇ z ⁇ 5, and x, y, and z can be integers or decimals within the above ranges, which are not limited here.
  • other metal low-valent oxides can also be used, which are not listed here one by one.
  • FIG. 34 is a curve showing the change of film forming speed with the reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process controlled by plasma luminescence provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the film formation speed is The rate of film formation is relatively fast; as the reactive gas flow rate gradually increases, the metal is gradually oxidized, and the film formation rate decreases accordingly; as the reactive gas flow rate increases to a certain extent, the metal is completely oxidized to form metal complete oxide, and the film formation rate further decreases.
  • the film-forming speed of metal suboxides is faster than that of metal complete oxides. Therefore, if metal suboxides are used as the light-transmitting medium layer of the resonant structure, productivity can be improved, which is beneficial to reducing costs.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a projection system, as shown in FIG. 1 , the projection system includes: a projection device 2 and a projection screen 1 located on the light emitting side of the projection device 2 .
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the projection device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the projection device includes: a light source device 21, an illumination light path 22, a light modulation component 23, and a projection lens 24.
  • the illumination light path 22 is located at the light exit side of the light source device 21
  • the light modulation component 23 is located at the light exit side of the illumination light path 22
  • the projection lens 24 is located at the light exit side of the light modulation component 23.
  • the light source device 21 can adopt a laser light source device.
  • the laser light source device can adopt a monochromatic laser or a laser that can emit lasers of multiple colors or multiple lasers that emit lasers of different colors.
  • the laser display device also needs to be provided with a color wheel, which is used for color conversion.
  • the monochromatic laser cooperates with the color wheel to achieve the purpose of emitting primary color lights of different colors in sequence.
  • the laser light source device adopts a laser that can emit lasers of multiple colors, it is necessary to control the laser light source to emit lasers of different colors as primary color lights in sequence.
  • the light source device may adopt a three-color laser light source device, which may be a laser that emits three primary color lasers, such as an MCL laser, etc.; it may also include a red laser, a green laser, and a blue laser that emit three primary color lasers respectively.
  • a three-color laser light source device is conducive to improving the color gamut of the projected image, has better color expression, and can accurately reproduce the input image.
  • the illumination optical path 22 is located at the light output side of the light source device 21.
  • the illumination optical path 22 collimates the output light of the light source device 21 and allows the output light of the light source device 21 to be incident on the light modulation component 23 at a suitable angle.
  • the illumination optical path 22 may include multiple lenses or lens groups, which are not limited here.
  • the light modulation component 23 is used to modulate the incident light.
  • the light modulation component 23 can use a digital micromirror (Digital Micromirror Device, DMD for short).
  • DMD Digital Micromirror Device
  • the light modulation component 23 receives the incident light after total reflection by the total reflection prism P, modulates the incident light, and reflects the modulated light. After passing through the illumination light path 22, the light beam meets the illumination size and incident angle required by the DMD.
  • the surface of the DMD includes many tiny reflectors, each of which can be driven to deflect individually. By controlling the deflection angle of the DMD, the brightness of the light incident on the projection lens 24 is controlled.
  • the projection lens 24 is used to image the output light of the light modulation component 23 , and the image is projected after being imaged by the projection lens 24 .
  • the projection device 2 can use an ultra-short-throw projection device, that is, the projection lens 24 in the projection device uses an ultra-short-throw projection lens.
  • the use of an ultra-short-throw projection device can greatly shorten the distance between the projection device 2 and the projection screen 1, and can achieve large-size image display while shortening the projection distance.
  • the projection screen is located on the light-emitting side of the projection lens in the projection device.
  • the projection screen includes a surface functional layer, a Fresnel lens layer and a reflective layer.
  • the projection screen can adopt any of the above-mentioned projection screens, which can absorb the incident ambient light, improve the black brightness of the projection screen, selectively reflect the incident projection light, and absorb light of other bands to improve the contrast of the projection image, and enhance the gain uniformity of the projection screen.
  • FIG. 36 is one of the flow charts of the method for manufacturing a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for manufacturing a projection screen includes:
  • the Fresnel lens layer can be formed by a UV molding process.
  • a UV curable resin can be coated on a mold having a lens unit shape on the surface, and then the UV curable resin is pressed against the substrate at a set pressure, and UV irradiation is performed from one side of the substrate to cure the UV curable resin.
  • the UV curable resin is tightly bonded to the substrate while being cured, so that the shape of the lens unit of the mold is transferred to the substrate to form a Fresnel lens layer.
  • the integrally formed Fresnel lens layer may also be manufactured by a thermoforming method, wherein a heated mold having a Fresnel structure is used to thermoform a thermoplastic material layer, thereby forming the Fresnel lens layer.
  • the Fresnel lens layer manufactured by the above method has a plurality of lens units on one side of the surface, and each lens unit can be arranged in a concentric circle in a radially expanding manner.
  • Each lens unit includes a lens surface and a non-lens surface connected to each other, and the lens surface is inclined at an angle such that the projection light incident on the reflective layer on the lens surface is reflected toward the viewer.
  • the wavelength selective reflection layer can be manufactured by using a coating process such as sputtering or evaporation. Depending on the structure of the projection screen, the manufacturing order of each film layer in the wavelength selective reflection layer is also different.
  • the manufacturing order of the wavelength selective reflection layer is as follows: forming a reflective layer on the surface of the lens unit of the Fresnel lens layer; forming a light-transmitting medium layer on the surface of the reflective layer; forming a semi-transmitting layer on the surface of the light-transmitting medium layer.
  • the manufacturing order of the wavelength selective reflection layer is as follows: forming a semi-transmitting layer on the surface of the lens unit of the Fresnel lens layer; forming a light-transmitting medium layer on the surface of the semi-transmitting layer; forming a reflective layer on the surface of the light-transmitting medium layer.
  • the sputtering equipment is adjusted in the embodiment of the present application so that the thickness of the film layer finally formed on the lens surface of the lens unit along the direction perpendicular to the plane where the projection screen is located increases with the increase of the radius of each concentric lens unit, while the thickness of the film layer on the lens surface of each lens unit along the direction perpendicular to the lens surface can be equal or approximately equal.
  • Figure 37 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the film-forming cathode part of the sputtering device in the related art
  • Figure 38 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the film-forming cathode part of the sputtering device provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of the sputtering process provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 37 and Figure 38 represents the top view structure of the sputtering device
  • (b) represents the side view structure of the sputtering device
  • (c) represents the film layer thickness at different positions.
  • the plane and cross-section of the sputtering source N in the sputtering equipment are uniform structures, and the substrate to be coated is arranged above the sputtering source N.
  • the thickness of the film layer formed at different positions on the substrate is also equal.
  • a correction plate D is set above the sputtering source N, and the correction plate D includes a plurality of sub-correction plate pairs a.
  • the sub-correction plate pair a includes two sub-correction plates, and a gap of a set distance is provided between the two sub-correction plates; each sub-correction plate pair a is arranged along the second direction y.
  • a flexible material may be used when manufacturing the Fresnel lens layer, so that the formed Fresnel lens layer can be rolled.
  • the Fresnel lens layer can be rolled so that the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is disposed facing the sputtering source N.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 is rolled so that the Fresnel structure layer 12 moves above the sputtering source N along the first direction x.
  • the first direction x and the second direction y are perpendicular to each other, and the second direction y is perpendicular to the first side of the projection screen.
  • the first side can be the side to which the centers of the concentric lens units are close.
  • the second direction y is perpendicular to the bottom side of the projection screen.
  • the sub-correction plate pairs a in the embodiment of the present application are arranged along the second direction, and the gaps of the sub-correction plate pairs a increase with the increase of the radius of the concentric lens units.
  • the film thickness of the sputtering source is greater at the position where the gap of the sub-correction plate pair a is larger, and the film thickness is smaller at the position where the gap of the sub-correction plate pair a is smaller.
  • the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer formed on the surface of the lens unit along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen can gradually increase from the bottom to the top of the projection screen. Then, the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer on the reflection surface of each lens unit along the plane perpendicular to the reflection surface can be equal or approximately equal, so that the chromaticity uniformity of the projection screen is achieved. better.
  • the gap width of each pair of sub-correction plates a can be set according to the tilt angle of the lens surface of the corresponding lens unit, but the width of the lens unit is usually tens of microns to hundreds of microns, so it is difficult to set the width of the pair of sub-correction plates a according to such a size.
  • one pair of sub-correction plates a can correspond to multiple lens units, and the gap width of the pair of sub-correction plates a can be set according to the average value of the tilt angles of the lens surfaces of the corresponding multiple lens units.
  • a surface functional layer is formed on one side of the Fresnel lens layer having the wavelength selective reflection layer.
  • the surface functional layer can have the effects of expanding the viewing angle, resisting ambient light reflection, resisting ceiling reflection, etc. And the surface functional layer can be located on different sides of the Fresnel lens layer.
  • the surface functional layer can be located on the side of the Fresnel lens layer away from the lens unit.
  • the surface functional layer can include a substrate and a diffusion layer formed on the surface of the substrate.
  • the projection screen is formed by bonding the substrate of the surface functional layer to the Fresnel lens layer.
  • a substrate containing a diffusion material can be directly used as the surface functional layer and bonded to the Fresnel lens layer to form a projection screen.
  • the surface of the substrate can be directly sandblasted to form the surface functional layer, and then the substrate and the Fresnel lens layer are bonded to form a projection screen. This is not limited here.
  • the surface functional layer may also be located on the wavelength selective reflection layer on the surface of the lens unit.
  • the surface functional layer may be manufactured by directly performing sandblasting on the wavelength selective reflection layer, which is not limited here.
  • the projection device can adopt an ultra-short-throw projection device.
  • the center O of the lens unit 121 is usually not located inside the projection screen, but in an area outside the projection screen.
  • the side of the projection screen close to the center O is usually the bottom side of the screen, and the radius of each lens unit 121 gradually increases as it gradually moves away from the bottom side. If the side of the projection screen facing the audience is called the front side, and the side away from the audience is called the back side, then in some embodiments, each lens unit 121 is located on the back side of the projection screen. Arranging each lens structure on the back side of the projection screen can reduce the risk of contamination and damage caused by user contact and ensure the long-term reliability of the Fresnel lens layer.
  • the manufacturing method of the projection screen provided in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to manufacturing the screen of the ultra-short-throw projection device.
  • the manufacturing method can also manufacture screens of different types of projection devices such as short-throw and long-throw. In the specific implementation, only the relevant parameters need to be adaptively adjusted.
  • FIG41 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the A-A’ direction in FIG2 .
  • the A-A’ direction coincides with the symmetry axis of the projection screen along the vertical direction.
  • the projection screen provided in the embodiment of the present application is an axisymmetric structure, and its symmetry axis is parallel to the vertical direction.
  • the projection screen is usually set on a wall or hung at a high place, and the bottom edge of the projection screen is parallel to the horizontal direction, then the vertical direction is a direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction, and the extension line of the symmetry axis of the projection screen along the vertical direction passes through the center O of the lens structure.
  • a Fresnel lens layer 12 is provided in the projection screen.
  • the surface of the Fresnel lens layer 12 on one side facing away from the projection device includes a plurality of lens units 121.
  • the shape of each lens unit 121 is similar to a triangle.
  • Each lens unit 121 includes a lens surface x1 and a non-lens surface x2 connected to each other.
  • the lens surface x1 is inclined relative to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the non-lens surface x2 is used to connect the lens surface x1.
  • the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 is designed according to the incident angle of the projection light, and the inclination angle satisfies that the projection light L can be reflected in the direction of the audience when it is incident on the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens surface x1. In this way, more projection light can be reflected in the direction of the audience, while reducing the reflection of ambient light in the direction of the audience, thereby improving the brightness and contrast of the projection picture.
  • the reflective layer When making a reflective layer on the surface of the Fresnel lens, according to the original design, it is hoped that the reflective layer will be formed only on the lens surface x1 of the lens unit, and not on the non-lens surface x2.
  • the reflective layer is usually made by evaporation or sputtering, but the current reflective layer manufacturing process will not only form a reflective layer on the lens surface x1 of the lens unit, but also on the non-lens surface x2, which will cause light to be reflected when it enters the non-lens surface x2, which is inconsistent with the original design.
  • FIG. 42 is a second flowchart of the method for manufacturing a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for making a projection screen includes:
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the use of the evaporation process to make the reflective layer as an example for specific description.
  • the reflective layer can also be made by sputtering or similar processes.
  • the reflective layer can be made of a metal material with reflective properties, such as aluminum, silver, titanium, etc.
  • the reflective layer can also adopt a multi-layer structure, which can achieve selective reflection of the incident light, thereby further improving the contrast of the projected image.
  • the reflective layer can be formed only on the lens surface of the lens unit, avoiding the reflective layer from being formed on the non-lens surface of the lens unit.
  • the production process of the projection screen is described in detail below.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 may include a substrate and a lens unit 121 located on the substrate, wherein the lens unit 121 may be manufactured by using a mold having a Fresnel lens and a UV molding process using an ultraviolet curing resin.
  • the structure and the location of the evaporation source Before manufacturing the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens unit 121, it is necessary to design the structure and the location of the evaporation source, and the design can be in various forms.
  • Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 44 is one of the schematic diagrams of the planar structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 45 is a second schematic diagram of the planar structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 46 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the I-I’ direction in Figure 44.
  • the evaporation source W is disposed on a side of the Fresnel lens layer 12 having the lens unit 121 , and there is a certain distance between the evaporation source W and the lens unit 121 .
  • the evaporation source radiates the evaporation material isotropically in a working state.
  • At least one evaporation source W arranged in an arc shape may be used when manufacturing the reflective layer.
  • the number of evaporation sources W may be one, and the size of the evaporation source W is relatively large, and the shape is a section of an arc; or, as shown in Figure 45, the number of evaporation sources W is multiple, the size of the evaporation source W is relatively small, and the evaporation sources W are arranged in a section of an arc.
  • the evaporation source will isotropically radiate the evaporation material when evaporating the reflective layer.
  • the evaporation source W is arranged in an arc shape so that the orthographic projection of the center of the evaporation source W on the plane where the projection screen is located coincides with the center of the lens unit 121, so that the evaporation material can be relatively evenly formed on the lens unit 121.
  • the evaporation source W is arranged in the form of a circular arc.
  • the evaporation source W can also be arranged in the form of multiple circular arcs. In this case, multiple evaporation sources are required.
  • the size of the evaporation source is relatively large, and the shape of each evaporation source is a circular arc.
  • Multiple evaporation sources can be arranged in the form of multiple concentric circular arcs. In some embodiments, the size of each evaporation source is relatively small. These evaporation sources are arranged in multiple circular arcs, and each circular arc is formed by arranging multiple evaporation sources.
  • each arc can be arranged concentrically, and the radius of each arc needs to be greater than the radius of any lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer. According to this design idea, the minimum radius of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape can be determined.
  • the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the m-th lens unit relative to the normal tm is ⁇ m
  • the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the n-th lens unit relative to the normal tn is ⁇ n .
  • the inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point P of the evaporation source and the vertex of the m-th lens unit relative to the normal tm is ⁇ m
  • the inclination angle of the line connecting the evaporation source W and the vertex of the n-th lens unit relative to the normal tn is ⁇ n
  • the vertical distance from the plane including the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the vertex of the lens unit 121 is h
  • the distance from the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the normal tm passing through the vertex of the m-th lens unit is Sm
  • the distance from the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the normal tn passing through the vertex of the n-th lens unit is Sn .
  • the normal lines tm and tn are normal lines of the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • the normal lines t claimed in the embodiments of the present application are perpendicular to the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • the Fresnel lens layer 12 shown in FIG46 includes a substrate, and the plane where the projection screen is located may be parallel to the plane where the substrate of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located, so the plane where the projection screen is located claimed in the embodiment of the present application can refer to the plane where the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located in FIG46, and the normal line of the plane where the projection screen is located is referred to as the normal line hereinafter.
  • the evaporation source is arranged in an arc shape, and the center of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape is coincident with the center of the arc lens unit in the orthographic projection on the plane where the projection screen is located, and the radius of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape is greater than the radius of all the circular lens units.
  • the evaporation source W usually radiates isotropically when emitting the evaporation material.
  • the innermost point P of the evaporation source refers to the point of the evaporation source closest to the center O in the cross section, that is, the rightmost point of the evaporation source in FIG46.
  • the vertex of the lens unit 121 refers to an intersection of the lens surface x1 and the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 on the side close to the vapor deposition source W in any cross section.
  • FIG46 is a schematic diagram of using an arc-shaped evaporation source, and the cross section shown in FIG46 is a cross section along the symmetry axis II' direction of the projection screen.
  • the cross section of each arc along any radial direction satisfies:
  • ⁇ i represents the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the i-th lens unit 121 in a cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located
  • ⁇ i represents the inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point of the evaporation source and the vertex of the i-th lens unit 121 in the cross section relative to the normal
  • S i represents the distance from the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section to the normal passing through the vertex of the i-th lens unit
  • h represents the distance from the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source to the vertex of the lens unit 121.
  • the definitions of the normal line, the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section, and the vertex of the lens unit can refer to the above embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the plane including the innermost point P of the evaporation source refers to the plane passing through point P and parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • the position of the evaporation source satisfies that the inclination angle of the line connecting the vertices of any lens unit with respect to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located is greater than the inclination angle with respect to the non-lens surface of the lens unit. Therefore, when the evaporation source radiates the evaporation material to the Fresnel lens layer, the evaporation material can be prevented from being incident on the non-lens surface of each lens unit.
  • the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 is relative to the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • the tilt angle and the tilt angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located may vary. Then the evaporation source needs to be set according to the actual situation.
  • the projection device when the projection screen is used in an ultra-short-throw projection system, the projection device is usually located below the projection screen, and the projection light is emitted obliquely upward to the projection screen. If the projection light is to be reflected in the direction of the audience, the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 relative to the plane where the projection screen is located satisfies: the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 increases with the increase of the radius of the lens unit.
  • the center O of the Fresnel lens is located outside the projection screen, and in the cross-sectional structure schematic diagrams shown in Figures 43 and 46, the farther from the center O, the greater the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of the lens unit 121 relative to the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • each lens unit 121 its inclination angle relative to the normal line of the plane where the projection screen is located can change with the lens surface x1, or can remain unchanged.
  • the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 has the same inclination angle relative to the normal line t of the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • the position of the evaporation source W arranged in an arc shape satisfies that in any cross section along the radial direction, the inclination angle of the connection between the innermost point of the evaporation source W and the vertex of any lens unit 121 in the cross section relative to the normal line of the plane where the projection screen is located is greater than 0, that is, ⁇ i > 0 in the above formula (1).
  • the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 relative to the normal t of the plane where the projection screen is located increases as the radius of the lens unit 121 increases, that is, ⁇ n > ⁇ m in the cross-sectional view shown in FIG46 .
  • the maximum value of the inclination angles of the non-lens surface x2 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located is the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the lens unit with the largest radius.
  • the evaporation source W satisfies that the inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point of the evaporation source and the vertex of the lens unit with the largest radius relative to the normal in the cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer is greater than the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the lens unit with the largest radius relative to the normal, and the above normals are all normals to the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 100 mm to 1000 mm
  • the width of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape can be 20 mm to 300 mm
  • the spacing between two adjacent circular evaporation sources can be within 300 mm.
  • the vertical distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 300 mm
  • the width of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape can be 100 mm
  • the spacing between two adjacent circular evaporation sources can be 20 mm.
  • Figure 47 is one of the cross-sectional structural schematic diagrams of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 48 is a planar structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship between the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 49 is a second cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 50 is one of the planar structural schematic diagrams of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 51 is a second planar structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • a vapor deposition source W may be disposed on one side of the Fresnel lens layer 12 having a plurality of lens units 121, so that a set distance exists between the vapor deposition source W and the plurality of lens units 121; and a plurality of spaced-apart baffles D’ may be disposed between the vapor deposition source W and the plurality of lens units 121, so that the baffles D’ block the vapor deposition material emitted from the vapor deposition source W from being formed on the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121.
  • a plurality of baffles D' are provided between the evaporation source W and the Fresnel lens layer 12, which can block the evaporation source W from emitting the evaporation material onto the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121. Since the lens surface and the non-lens surface of the lens unit 121 may have different inclination angles, the baffle D' usually needs to be set at an inclination, and the inclination angles of the baffles at different positions may be different.
  • each baffle needs to be set according to the standard that the evaporation material emitted by the evaporation source near it is blocked by the baffle D' and is not formed on the non-lens surface x of the lens unit 121 at the corresponding position.
  • the width of the lens unit 121 is in the micrometer range, and the spacing distance of the baffles D' can be several micrometers.
  • the evaporation source W can be arranged in an arc shape, and accordingly, the shape of the baffle D' is a part of a conical surface, as shown in FIG48, which is a planar structure of the baffle D', and the overall contour of the baffle D' in the planar structure is an arc shape. From the perspective of the three-dimensional structure, the orthographic projection of the vertex of the conical surface where the baffle D' is located on the plane where the projection screen is located coincides with the center of the lens unit 121.
  • the evaporation source W may have a relatively large width. In this case, only one evaporation source W needs to be set up.
  • the evaporation source W may correspond to a plurality of baffles D’, thereby reducing the number of evaporation sources W used.
  • the evaporation source W may have a relatively small width and a plurality of evaporation sources.
  • a baffle D ' may be provided between each two adjacent evaporation sources W, thereby enabling a more sophisticated design of the evaporation source and the baffle.
  • the evaporation source W may be provided in a plurality of arcs. Referring to FIG. 50 , the number of evaporation sources W may be multiple, each evaporation source W is in the shape of an arc, and each arc-shaped evaporation source W may be concentrically arranged. Alternatively, referring to FIG.
  • the number of evaporation sources W may be multiple, and each evaporation source W is discretely arranged, and these evaporation sources W are dispersedly arranged into a plurality of concentrically arranged arcs, and each arc is formed by the arrangement of a plurality of evaporation sources.
  • the baffle D' has a certain inclination angle.
  • the inclination angle satisfied by the baffle is specifically described below.
  • FIG52 is a third schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG52 shows the cross-sectional structure along the I-I' direction in FIG50.
  • the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal t of the plane where the projection screen is located is ⁇ .
  • the inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point P of the evaporation source and the edge of the baffle D' corresponding thereto close to the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal t is ⁇ .
  • the vertical distance from the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the normal passing through the edge of the baffle D' close to the Fresnel layer is S1
  • the distance from the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source to the edge of the baffle D' close to the Fresnel lens layer is h1 .
  • the definitions of the normal line, the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section, and the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source may refer to the above embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the function of the baffle D’ is to block the evaporated material from being incident on the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121, so the baffle is usually inclined toward the center O of the lens unit 121. Then, in order to enable the baffle D’ to block the evaporation source W from emitting the evaporated material to the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121, it is necessary to make the minimum inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point of any evaporation source in the cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer to the edge of the corresponding baffle close to the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located be greater than the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal.
  • FIG52 illustrates a cross section along the symmetry axis II' direction of the projection screen.
  • ⁇ max represents the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the lens unit in a cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located
  • represents the minimum inclination angle of the connecting line between the innermost point of the evaporation source and the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer in the cross section relative to the normal
  • S 1 represents the distance from the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section to the normal of the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer
  • h 1 represents the distance from the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source to the baffle plate. The distance from the edge of the Fresnel lens layer to the side close to the Fresnel lens layer.
  • the definitions of the normal line, the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section, and the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source may refer to the above embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 relative to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located may vary. Still taking the projection screen used in the ultra-short-throw projection system as an example, the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 relative to the plane where the projection screen is located increases with the increase of the radius of the lens unit 121. For the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121, its inclination angle relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located may change with the lens surface x1, or may remain unchanged.
  • the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 has the same inclination angle relative to the normal line t of the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • the inclination angles of the baffles D' located between the evaporation source W and the Fresnel lens layer 12 can be the same, and the baffles D' are parallel to each other.
  • the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 relative to the normal t of the plane where the projection screen is located increases as the radius of the lens unit 121 increases, that is, the larger the radius of the lens unit 121, the larger the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal.
  • the inclination angle of the baffle D’ needs to be set according to the lens unit 121 to which it corresponds.
  • the width of the lens unit 121 is usually in the micrometer order, while the width of the baffle D’ is usually in the millimeter order. Therefore, one baffle D’ corresponds to multiple lens units 121.
  • the angle of the line connecting the edge of the baffle D’ close to the Fresnel lens layer and the innermost point of the corresponding evaporation source relative to the normal needs to be greater than the maximum angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 corresponding to the baffle D’ relative to the normal.
  • the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 20 mm to 200 mm
  • the evaporation source is arranged close to the side of the baffle away from the Fresnel lens layer
  • the width of the baffle can be 100 mm to 500 mm
  • the spacing between adjacent baffles can be 50 mm to 200 mm.
  • the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 100 mm
  • the width of the baffle can be 200 mm
  • the spacing between adjacent baffles can be 100 mm.
  • Fig. 53 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the B-B' direction in Fig. 40;
  • Fig. 54 is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship of the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer along the cross section shown in Fig. 53.
  • the B-B' direction and the A-A' direction in Fig. 40 are parallel to each other, that is, they are both parallel to the symmetry axis I-I' of the projection screen along the vertical direction.
  • a vapor deposition source W can be set on one side of the Fresnel lens layer 12 having multiple lens units 121, so that the vapor deposition source W and the multiple lens units 121 are at a set distance; and a plurality of spaced-apart baffles D’ are set between the vapor deposition source W and the multiple lens units 121, so that the baffles D’ block the vapor deposition material emitted by the vapor deposition source W from forming on the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121.
  • the cross section shown in FIG. 54 is a cross section along the BB' direction in FIG. 40.
  • the size of the inclination angle ⁇ ' of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal t of the plane where the projection screen is located will vary. If the maximum inclination angle ⁇ max ' of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located is found in a certain cross section, then the positional relationship between the baffle D' and its corresponding evaporation source W can satisfy:
  • ⁇ max ' represents the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 obtained in all cross sections of the Fresnel lens layer 12 along the direction parallel to BB' relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located
  • ⁇ ' represents the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 obtained in all cross sections of the Fresnel lens layer 12 along the direction parallel to BB'.
  • the minimum inclination angle of the connecting line between the innermost point P of the evaporation source and the edge of the corresponding baffle D' close to the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal t S 1 ' represents the distance from the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the normal t passing through the edge of the baffle D' close to the Fresnel lens layer in the cross section
  • h 1 ' represents the distance from the plane including the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the edge of the baffle D' close to the Fresnel lens layer.
  • the normal line is the normal line of the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • the innermost point of the evaporation source refers to the point on the side of the corresponding baffle that the evaporation source is farthest from in the above cross section. For example, in FIG54 , the left side of the evaporation source W is closer to the baffle D', and the right side of the evaporation source is farther from the baffle. Therefore, the innermost point of the evaporation source in FIG54 refers to the rightmost point of the evaporation source.
  • the plane including the innermost point P of the evaporation source refers to the plane passing through point P and parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located.
  • FIG. 55 is a third schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, the baffle, and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 56 is a fourth schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, the baffle, and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the evaporation source W can be set to a strip extending along the first direction x
  • the baffle D’ can be set to a strip extending along the first direction x
  • the baffle D’ is no longer a complex structure such as a conical surface, but is set to a plane.
  • the first direction x is parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located and perpendicular to the symmetry axis I-I' of the projection screen along the vertical direction.
  • a film can be formed on the lens surface of the lens unit, thereby improving the productivity of the reflective layer. If combined with a roll-to-roll process, the productivity of the projection screen can be further improved.
  • the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 20 mm to 200 mm
  • the evaporation source is arranged close to the side of the baffle away from the Fresnel lens layer
  • the width of the baffle can be 100 mm to 500 mm
  • the spacing between adjacent baffles can be 50 mm to 500 mm.
  • the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 100 mm
  • the width of the baffle can be 200 mm
  • the spacing between adjacent baffles can be 100 mm.
  • the functional layer in the projection screen no longer uses Fresnel lenses, but is composed of multiple lens structure layers extending along the above-mentioned first direction and arranged along the symmetry axis I-I’ direction along the vertical direction of the projection screen, the structure of the evaporation source and baffle in the above-mentioned embodiment can also be applied.
  • FIG. 57 is a schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, baffle and lens structure layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the projection screen has a lens structure layer 12 ', and the lens structure layer 12 ' includes a plurality of lens units 121 ', and these lens units 121 ' are all strips extending along the first direction x, and are arranged along the direction of the symmetry axis I-I ' of the projection screen along each lens unit 121 '.
  • the first direction x is parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the first direction x is perpendicular to the symmetry axis I-I ' of the projection screen along the vertical direction.
  • the lens unit 121 ' includes a lens surface and a non-lens surface connected to each other, wherein the lens surface is tilted relative to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the non-lens surface is used to connect the lens surface so that the inclination angle of the lens surface relative to the plane where the projection screen is located satisfies that the projection light incident on the reflective layer on the lens surface can be reflected in the direction where the audience is located.
  • the evaporation source W and the baffle D' can both be in the shape of strips extending along the first direction x, and the baffle D' is a plane.
  • the structures of the lens structure layer 12', the evaporation source W and the baffle D' are all simplified.
  • the positional relationship that the baffle D' and its corresponding evaporation source W should satisfy is the same as the above formula (2), thereby preventing the evaporation material emitted by the evaporation source W from being formed on the non-lens surface of the lens unit 121'.
  • the inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit 121' in the lens structure layer 12' relative to the plane where the projection screen is located increases as the distance between the lens unit 121' and the bottom edge of the projection screen increases.
  • the bottom edge of the projection screen is the lower side in FIG57.
  • the inclination angles of the normals of the projection screen are the same.
  • the inclination angles of the baffles D' located between the evaporation source W and the functional layer 12' can be the same, and the baffles D' are parallel to each other.
  • the inclination angles of the non-lens surfaces of the lens units 121' relative to the normals of the plane where the projection screen is located increase with the increase of the distance between the lens unit 121' and the bottom edge of the projection screen, then the inclination angles of the baffles D' need to be set for the corresponding lens units 121', and the baffles D' are no longer parallel to each other.
  • the reflective layer can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer composite structure.
  • the reflective layer is a single-layer structure, any of the above methods can be used to evaporate the reflective metal material on the lens surface of the lens unit.
  • the reflective layer is a multi-layer composite structure, it can achieve selective reflection of light in a specific wavelength band, thereby further improving the contrast of the projected image.
  • the surface functional layer can also be made.
  • the surface functional layer is located on the outermost side of the projection screen, that is, the side closest to the audience.
  • the surface functional layer plays a role in protecting the projection screen.
  • the surface functional layer can also be processed in a variety of ways according to different needs to achieve the effects of expanding the viewing angle, resisting ambient light reflection, and resisting ceiling reflection.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Overhead Projectors And Projection Screens (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a projection screen and a manufacturing method therefor, and a projection system. The projection screen comprises: a surface functional layer, a Fresnel lens layer and a reflecting layer, wherein the Fresnel lens layer comprises a plurality of lens units, and the reflecting layer is at least located on lens surfaces of the lens units. The projection screen provided in the embodiments of the present application can achieve effects such as improving the black luminance of the projection screen by absorbing incident ambient light, increasing the contrast of a projected image by selectively reflecting incident projection light while absorbing light of other wavebands, and improving the gain uniformity of the projection screen.

Description

投影屏幕、其制作方法和投影系统Projection screen, method for making same and projection system

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本申请要求在2023年04月19日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202310422256.0、申请名称为“投影屏幕、其制作方法及投影系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2023年05月16日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202310548405.8、申请名称为“一种投影屏幕和投影系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2023年08月25日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202311078929.1、申请名称为“投影屏幕和投影系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2023年11月02日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202311449292.2、申请名称为“一种投影屏幕的制作方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on April 19, 2023, with application number 202310422256.0 and application name “Projection screen, its manufacturing method and projection system”, all of which are incorporated by reference into this application; this application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on May 16, 2023, with application number 202310548405.8 and application name “A projection screen and projection system”, all of which are incorporated by reference into this application Please refer to the following: This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on August 25, 2023, with application number 202311078929.1 and application name “Projection screen and projection system”, all of which are incorporated by reference into this application; This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on November 2, 2023, with application number 202311449292.2 and application name “A method for making a projection screen”, all of which are incorporated by reference into this application.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及投影技术领域,尤其涉及一种投影屏幕、其制作方法和投影系统。The present application relates to the field of projection technology, and in particular to a projection screen, a manufacturing method thereof, and a projection system.

背景技术Background Art

随着显示产品不断向大型化的发展,考虑到消耗功率、重量和尺寸等方面,投影显示产品作为替代液晶、有机电致发光(Electroluminescent,简称EL)电视的大屏幕产品的市场迅速扩大。采用超短焦投影设备的激光电视因为具有高图像质量和大屏幕的便利性得到迅速发展。As display products continue to grow in size, the market for projection display products as large-screen products that replace LCD and organic electroluminescent (EL) TVs is rapidly expanding in consideration of power consumption, weight, and size. Laser TVs that use ultra-short-throw projection equipment are developing rapidly because of their high image quality and large screen convenience.

目前的投影系统通常可以配合投影屏幕使用,由投影设备出射投影光线,投影光线入射到投影屏幕上,经过投影屏幕的反射入射到人眼,观看到投影图像。投影屏幕内部设置有菲涅尔透镜层,其作用是将投影设备出射的投影光线向观众的位置反射。The current projection system can usually be used in conjunction with a projection screen. The projection device emits projection light, which is incident on the projection screen and then reflected by the projection screen to the human eye, where the projected image is viewed. A Fresnel lens layer is provided inside the projection screen to reflect the projection light emitted by the projection device toward the audience.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请实施例的第一方面,提供一种投影屏幕,包括:According to a first aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a projection screen is provided, comprising:

表面功能层;Surface functional layer;

菲涅尔透镜层,位于所述表面功能层的一侧;所述菲涅尔透镜层包括多组透镜单元,所述多组透镜单元呈沿径向依次扩张排列的同心圆状;所述透镜单元包括相对于所述表面功能层所在平面倾斜设置的透镜面;及A Fresnel lens layer is located on one side of the surface functional layer; the Fresnel lens layer includes a plurality of lens units, the plurality of lens units are arranged in concentric circles that expand in sequence along the radial direction; the lens unit includes a lens surface that is tilted relative to the plane where the surface functional layer is located; and

反射层,至少覆盖于所述透镜单元的倾斜面上;A reflective layer, at least covering the inclined surface of the lens unit;

各所述透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度满足将投影设备出射到该透镜面上的反射层的光线向观看者的方向反射;The inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit is sufficient to reflect the light emitted by the projection device to the reflective layer on the lens surface toward the viewer;

各所述透镜单元呈轴对称分布,各所述透镜单元的对称轴垂直于水平方向,所述透镜单元的圆心位于所述对称轴所在的直线上;所述多组透镜单元中的至少一个透镜单元的透镜面在第一位置处的倾斜角度大于在第二位置处的倾斜角度,所述第一位置到所述对称轴的距离大于所述第二位置到所述对称轴的距离。The lens units are axially symmetrically distributed, the symmetry axis of each lens unit is perpendicular to the horizontal direction, and the center of the lens unit is located on the straight line where the symmetry axis is located; the inclination angle of the lens surface of at least one lens unit in the multiple groups of lens units at the first position is greater than the inclination angle at the second position, and the distance from the first position to the symmetry axis is greater than the distance from the second position to the symmetry axis.

本申请实施例的第二方面,提供一种投影系统,包括According to a second aspect of the present application, a projection system is provided, comprising:

投影设备,用于出射投影光线;及 A projection device for emitting projection light; and

投影屏幕,位于所述投影设备的出光侧,所述投影屏幕为上述投影屏幕;A projection screen, located at the light-emitting side of the projection device, the projection screen being the above-mentioned projection screen;

其中,所述投影设备为超短焦激光投影设备;所述投影设备包括:Wherein, the projection device is an ultra-short-throw laser projection device; the projection device comprises:

三色激光光源装置,用于出射三基色激光;A three-color laser light source device, used for emitting three-primary-color lasers;

光调制部件,位于所述三色激光光源装置的出光侧,用于对所述三色激光光源装置的出射激光进行调制;及a light modulation component, located at the light output side of the three-color laser light source device, and used to modulate the output laser light of the three-color laser light source device; and

投影镜头,位于所述光调制部件的出光侧。The projection lens is located at the light-emitting side of the light modulation component.

本申请实施例的第三方面,提供一种投影屏幕的制作方法,包括:According to a third aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a method for manufacturing a projection screen is provided, comprising:

菲涅尔透镜层制作工序:制作菲涅尔透镜层;所述菲涅尔透镜层的一侧表面具有多个透镜单元,各所述透镜单元呈沿径向依次扩张排列的同心圆状;所述透镜单元包括相互连接的透镜面和非透镜面;Fresnel lens layer manufacturing process: manufacturing a Fresnel lens layer; a surface of one side of the Fresnel lens layer has a plurality of lens units, each of the lens units is in the shape of concentric circles that are sequentially expanded and arranged along the radial direction; the lens unit includes a lens surface and a non-lens surface that are connected to each other;

波长选择反射层制作工序:在所述透镜单元的表面上形成波长选择反射层;所述波长选择反射层沿垂直于所述投影屏幕所在平面的厚度随着各透镜单元的半径的增大而增大;以及Wavelength selective reflection layer manufacturing process: forming a wavelength selective reflection layer on the surface of the lens unit; the thickness of the wavelength selective reflection layer along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen increases as the radius of each lens unit increases; and

表面功能层制作工序:在带有所述波长选择反射层的所述菲涅尔透镜层的一侧表面形成表面功能层。A surface functional layer manufacturing step: forming a surface functional layer on one surface of the Fresnel lens layer having the wavelength selective reflection layer.

本申请实施例的第四方面,提供一种投影屏幕的制作方法,包括:According to a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a method for manufacturing a projection screen is provided, comprising:

制作菲涅尔透镜层;所述菲涅尔透镜层的一侧表面具有多个圆弧状的透镜单元,各圆弧状的透镜单元同心设置;各所述透镜单元均包括相互连接的透镜面和非透镜面,所述透镜面相对于所述投影屏幕所在的平面倾斜,所述非透镜面用于连接所述透镜面;A Fresnel lens layer is manufactured; a surface of one side of the Fresnel lens layer has a plurality of arc-shaped lens units, and the arc-shaped lens units are concentrically arranged; each of the lens units comprises a lens surface and a non-lens surface connected to each other, the lens surface is inclined relative to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the non-lens surface is used to connect the lens surface;

在所述菲涅尔透镜层的设定位置处设置蒸镀源,在多个所述透镜单元的透镜面上形成反射层;所述蒸镀源位于所述菲涅尔透镜层的具有多个所述透镜单元的一侧,所述蒸镀源与多个所述透镜单元之间相距设定距离;A vapor deposition source is arranged at a set position of the Fresnel lens layer to form a reflective layer on the lens surface of the plurality of lens units; the vapor deposition source is located on one side of the Fresnel lens layer having the plurality of lens units, and a set distance is provided between the vapor deposition source and the plurality of lens units;

在所述菲涅尔透镜层的背离所述反射层的一侧制作表面功能层。A surface functional layer is formed on a side of the Fresnel lens layer facing away from the reflective layer.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1为本申请实施例提供的投影系统的结构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a projection system provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图2为相关技术中的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之一;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of a projection screen in the related art;

图3为本申请实施例提供的投影效果示意图之一;FIG3 is one of the schematic diagrams of projection effects provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图4为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的分区示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of partitions of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图5为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之一;FIG5 is one of the schematic cross-sectional structure diagrams of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图6为本申请实施例提供的菲涅尔透镜层的平面结构示意图之一;FIG6 is one of the schematic diagrams of the planar structure of the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图7为本申请实施例提供的投影效果示意图之二;FIG7 is a second schematic diagram of the projection effect provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例提供的菲涅尔结构的倾斜面在不同位置的倾斜角度的变化曲线之一;FIG8 is one of the curves showing the variation of the inclination angle of the inclined surface of the Fresnel structure at different positions provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图9为投影屏幕沿图6中的对称轴I-I’方向的截面结构示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of the projection screen along the symmetry axis I-I' in FIG6;

图10为本申请实施例提供的菲涅尔结构的倾斜面在不同位置的倾斜角度的变化曲线之二;FIG. 10 is a second curve showing the variation of the inclination angle of the inclined surface of the Fresnel structure at different positions provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图11为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之二;FIG11 is a second schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图12为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之三;FIG12 is a third schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图13为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之四;FIG13 is a fourth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图14为本申请实施例提供的表面功能层的平面结构示意图;FIG14 is a schematic diagram of a planar structure of a surface functional layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图15为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之五;FIG15 is a fifth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图16为本发明实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之六;FIG16 is a sixth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present invention;

图17为本发明实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之七;FIG17 is a seventh schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present invention;

图18为本发明实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之八; FIG18 is an eighth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present invention;

图19为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之九;FIG19 is a ninth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图20为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之十;FIG20 is a tenth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图21为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层的结构示意图之一;FIG21 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图22为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层的结构示意图之二;FIG22 is a second schematic diagram of the structure of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图23为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层的结构示意图之三;FIG23 is a third schematic diagram of the structure of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图24为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层对不同波段光线的反射率曲线;FIG24 is a reflectivity curve of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application to light of different wavelength bands;

图25为本申请实施例提供的投影光线入射投影屏幕的光路示意图;FIG25 is a schematic diagram of the optical path of the projection light incident on the projection screen provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图26为本申请实施例提供的镀膜示意图之一;FIG26 is one of the schematic diagrams of coating provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图27为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层产生波长偏移的反射率曲线;FIG27 is a reflectivity curve of a wavelength-selective reflection layer produced by a wavelength shift according to an embodiment of the present application;

图28为本申请实施例提供的镀膜示意图之二;FIG28 is a second schematic diagram of coating provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图29为本申请实施例提供的金属完全氧化物的光学参数的变化曲线;FIG29 is a curve showing changes in optical parameters of a metal complete oxide provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图30为本申请实施例提供的金属低价氧化物的光学参数的变化曲线;FIG30 is a curve showing changes in optical parameters of metal suboxides provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图31为本申请实施例提供的等离子体发光控制的反应性溅射工艺中氧化数随反应性气体流量变化的变化曲线;FIG31 is a curve showing the change of oxidation number with the flow rate of reactive gas in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图32为本申请实施例提供的等离子体发光控制的反应性溅射工艺中氧分压随反应性气体流量变化的变化曲线;FIG32 is a curve showing the change of oxygen partial pressure with the flow rate of reactive gas in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图33为本申请实施例提供的等离子体发光控制的反应性溅射工艺中消光系数随反应性气体流量变化的变化曲线;FIG33 is a curve showing the variation of the extinction coefficient with the reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图34为本申请实施例提供的等离子体发光控制的反应性溅射工艺中成膜速度随反应性气体流量变化的变化曲线;FIG34 is a curve showing the change of film forming speed with the change of reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process controlled by plasma luminescence provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图35为本申请实施例提供的投影设备的结构示意图;FIG35 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a projection device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图36为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的制作方法的流程图之一;FIG36 is a flowchart of a method for manufacturing a projection screen according to an embodiment of the present application;

图37为相关技术中溅射设备的成膜阴极部分的结构示意图;37 is a schematic structural diagram of a film-forming cathode portion of a sputtering device in the related art;

图38为本申请实施例提供的溅射设备的成膜阴极部分的结构示意图;FIG38 is a schematic structural diagram of a film-forming cathode portion of a sputtering device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图39为本申请实施例提供的溅射过程示意图;FIG39 is a schematic diagram of a sputtering process provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图40为本申请实施例提供的菲涅尔透镜层的平面结构示意图之二;FIG40 is a second schematic diagram of the planar structure of the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图41为沿图40中A-A’方向的截面结构示意图;Fig. 41 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the A-A' direction in Fig. 40;

图42为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的制作方法的流程图之二;FIG42 is a second flowchart of the method for manufacturing a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图43为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的截面结构示意图;FIG43 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图44为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图之一;FIG44 is a schematic diagram of a planar structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图45为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图之二;FIG45 is a second schematic plan view of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图46为沿图44中I-I’方向的截面结构示意图;Fig. 46 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the I-I' direction in Fig. 44;

图47为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的截面结构示意图之一;FIG47 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图48为本申请实施例提供的挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图;FIG48 is a schematic plan view of the positional relationship between the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图49为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的截面结构示意图之二;FIG49 is a second cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship among the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图50为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图之一;FIG50 is a schematic diagram of a planar structure of the positional relationship among an evaporation source, a baffle and a Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图51为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图之二;FIG51 is a second schematic plan view of the positional relationship among the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图52为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的截面结构示意图之三;FIG52 is a third cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship among the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图53沿图40中B-B’方向的截面结构示意图;Fig. 53 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the B-B' direction in Fig. 40;

图54为沿图53所示的截面中蒸镀源、挡板和菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系示意图; FIG54 is a schematic diagram showing the positional relationship among the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer along the cross section shown in FIG53 ;

图55为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板和菲涅尔透镜层的平面结构示意图之三;FIG55 is a third schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图56为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板和菲涅尔透镜层的平面结构示意图之四;FIG56 is a fourth schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图57为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板和透镜结构层的平面结构示意图。Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, baffle and lens structure layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

为使本申请的特征和优点能够更为明显易懂,下面将结合附图和实施例对本申请做进一步说明。然而,示例实施方式能够以多种形式实施,且不应被理解为限于在此阐述的实施方式;相反,提供这些实施方式使得本申请更全面和完整,并将示例实施方式的构思全面地传达给本领域的技术人员。在图中相同的附图标记表示相同或类似的结构,因而将省略对它们的重复描述。本申请中所描述的表达位置与方向的词,均是以附图为例进行的说明,但根据需要也可以做出改变,所做改变均包含在本申请保护范围内。本申请的附图仅用于示意相对位置关系不代表真实比例。In order to make the features and advantages of the present application more obvious and easy to understand, the present application will be further described below in conjunction with the drawings and examples. However, the example embodiments can be implemented in various forms and should not be construed as being limited to the embodiments described herein; on the contrary, these embodiments are provided to make the present application more comprehensive and complete, and to fully convey the concepts of the example embodiments to those skilled in the art. The same figure marks in the figures represent the same or similar structures, and thus their repeated descriptions will be omitted. The words expressing position and direction described in this application are all explained using the drawings as examples, but changes may be made as needed, and all changes are included in the scope of protection of this application. The drawings of this application are only used to illustrate the relative position relationship and do not represent the true proportions.

随着激光显示产品的普及,作为替代液晶、有机EL电视的大屏幕产品,激光电视的市场迅速扩大。为达到较好的亮度及显示效果,投影设备一般会搭配投影屏幕来使用。With the popularity of laser display products, the market for laser TVs has expanded rapidly as a large-screen product to replace LCD and organic EL TVs. In order to achieve better brightness and display effects, projection equipment is generally used with a projection screen.

图1为本申请实施例提供的投影系统的结构示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a projection system provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图1所示,投影系统包括:投影设备2和投影屏幕1。As shown in FIG. 1 , the projection system includes: a projection device 2 and a projection screen 1 .

投影屏幕1位于投影设备2的出光侧,观众面向投影屏幕1,投影设备2出射投影光线,投影光线入射到投影屏幕1,经过投影屏幕1向观众所在的位置出射,从而使观众观看到投影图像。The projection screen 1 is located on the light emitting side of the projection device 2. The audience faces the projection screen 1. The projection device 2 emits projection light. The projection light is incident on the projection screen 1 and is emitted to the position of the audience through the projection screen 1, so that the audience can watch the projected image.

投影设备2和观众位于投影屏幕1的同一侧时,投影系统为前投式投影系统,投影设备2和观众分别位于投影屏幕1的两侧时,投影系统为背投式投影系统。前投式投影系统是由投影设备2向投影屏幕1出射投影光线,由投影屏幕1将投影光线向观众反射,从而使观众观看到投影图像。背投式投影系统是由投影设备2向投影屏幕1出射投影光线,投影光线透过投影屏幕1向观众出射,从而使观众观看至投影图像。When the projection device 2 and the audience are located on the same side of the projection screen 1, the projection system is a front projection system. When the projection device 2 and the audience are located on both sides of the projection screen 1, the projection system is a rear projection system. In the front projection system, the projection device 2 emits projection light to the projection screen 1, and the projection screen 1 reflects the projection light to the audience, so that the audience can see the projected image. In the rear projection system, the projection device 2 emits projection light to the projection screen 1, and the projection light is emitted to the audience through the projection screen 1, so that the audience can see the projected image.

超短焦投影设备具有投影距离短,投影画面大的特点,十分适合应用到家用领域,本申请实施例提供的投影系统可以采用超短焦投影设备,本申请实施例以前投式超短焦投影系统为例对投影屏幕的结构进行具体说明。前投式超短焦投影系统通常将投影屏幕1安装在墙壁或悬挂在高处,投影设备2位于投影屏幕1的下方,从投影屏幕1的下方向斜上方出射投影光线至投影屏幕1。由于超短焦投影系统具有较小的投射比,因此在减小投影设备2与投影屏幕1之间的距离的同时可以获得较大尺寸的投影图像,十分适合应用于激光电视等场景中。The ultra-short-throw projection device has the characteristics of short projection distance and large projection screen, and is very suitable for application in the home field. The projection system provided in the embodiment of the present application can adopt the ultra-short-throw projection device. The embodiment of the present application takes the front-projection ultra-short-throw projection system as an example to specifically illustrate the structure of the projection screen. The front-projection ultra-short-throw projection system usually installs the projection screen 1 on the wall or hangs it at a high place. The projection device 2 is located below the projection screen 1, and the projection light is emitted from the bottom of the projection screen 1 to the projection screen 1 obliquely upward. Since the ultra-short-throw projection system has a small projection ratio, a larger-sized projection image can be obtained while reducing the distance between the projection device 2 and the projection screen 1, which is very suitable for application in scenes such as laser TVs.

图2为相关技术中的投影屏幕的结构示意图之一。FIG. 2 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of a projection screen in the related art.

如图2所示,投影屏幕包括:表面层10、菲涅尔透镜层12和反射层13,其中,表面层10和菲涅尔透镜层12通过粘合层14相互贴合,菲涅尔透镜层12包括多个透镜单元,各透镜单元呈沿径向依次扩张的同心圆状。透镜单元的表面设置有反射层13,透镜单元可以使投影设备1出射的光线L入射到菲涅尔透镜层12表面的反射层13后向观众所在的位置反射,使投影光线入射人眼,观看到投影图像。As shown in FIG2 , the projection screen includes: a surface layer 10, a Fresnel lens layer 12 and a reflective layer 13, wherein the surface layer 10 and the Fresnel lens layer 12 are bonded to each other via an adhesive layer 14, and the Fresnel lens layer 12 includes a plurality of lens units, each of which is in the shape of concentric circles that expand in sequence along the radial direction. The surface of the lens unit is provided with a reflective layer 13, and the lens unit can make the light L emitted by the projection device 1 enter the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the Fresnel lens layer 12 and then reflect toward the position where the audience is located, so that the projection light enters the human eye and the projection image is viewed.

图3为本申请实施例提供的投影效果示意图之一。FIG. 3 is one of the schematic diagrams of the projection effect provided in the embodiment of the present application.

为了便于说明,图3中仅示出了一个透镜单元121,在实际应用中每个透镜单元121均存在同样的问题。由于透镜单元121通常为球面镜,即同一个透镜单元121位于曲率半径相等的球面镜上,而球面镜本身存在的像散,如图3所示,透镜单元121无法将入射光线向同一位置反射,集光效果差,由此导致投影屏幕的增益均匀性变差。For ease of explanation, only one lens unit 121 is shown in FIG3 . In actual applications, each lens unit 121 has the same problem. Since the lens unit 121 is usually a spherical mirror, that is, the same lens unit 121 is located on a spherical mirror with the same radius of curvature, and the spherical mirror itself has astigmatism, as shown in FIG3 , the lens unit 121 cannot reflect the incident light to the same position, and the light collection effect is poor, thereby causing the gain uniformity of the projection screen to deteriorate.

图4为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的分区示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of partitions of a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图4所示,投影屏幕在使用状态下通常设置于墙壁上或悬挂于高处,若投影屏幕为矩形,则投影 屏幕的底边平行于水平方向,两侧的侧边平行于竖直方向,竖直方向为与水平方向相垂直的方向。在计算投影屏幕的增益均匀性时,沿着水平方向和竖直方向将投影屏幕平均分成三等份,从而将投影屏幕划分为9个区域S1~S9,增益均匀性是以区域S1、S3、S7、S9的增益平均值与区域S5的增益之间的比率来测定的,在将区域S5的增益设为最大的情况下,投影屏幕的增益均匀性的界限是70%左右。As shown in FIG4 , the projection screen is usually placed on a wall or hung high up when in use. If the projection screen is rectangular, the projection The bottom edge of the screen is parallel to the horizontal direction, and the sides are parallel to the vertical direction, and the vertical direction is a direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction. When calculating the gain uniformity of the projection screen, the projection screen is evenly divided into three parts along the horizontal and vertical directions, thereby dividing the projection screen into 9 areas S1 to S9. The gain uniformity is measured by the ratio between the average gain of areas S1, S3, S7, and S9 and the gain of area S5. When the gain of area S5 is set to the maximum, the limit of the gain uniformity of the projection screen is about 70%.

图5为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之一。FIG. 5 is one of the schematic cross-sectional structure diagrams of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图5所示,投影屏幕包括:表面功能层11、菲涅尔透镜层12和反射层13。As shown in FIG. 5 , the projection screen includes: a surface functional layer 11 , a Fresnel lens layer 12 and a reflective layer 13 .

表面功能层11可以位于投影屏幕的最表面侧,在本申请实施例中,表面功能层11位于最靠近观众的一侧,起到对投影屏幕进行保护的作用,除此之外,表面功能层11还可以根据不同需要进行多种手段的处理,以达到扩大视角、抗环境光反射、抗天花板反光等效果。The surface functional layer 11 can be located on the outermost surface of the projection screen. In the embodiment of the present application, the surface functional layer 11 is located on the side closest to the audience, thereby protecting the projection screen. In addition, the surface functional layer 11 can also be processed in a variety of ways according to different needs to achieve the effects of expanding the viewing angle, resisting ambient light reflection, and resisting ceiling reflection.

图6为本申请实施例提供的菲涅尔透镜层的平面结构示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the planar structure of a Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图5和图6所示,菲涅尔透镜层12位于表面功能层11的一侧,具体位于表面功能层11的与观众的相反一侧。在菲涅尔透镜层12中包括多组按照设定规则排布的透镜单元121。As shown in Figures 5 and 6, the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on one side of the surface functional layer 11, specifically on the side of the surface functional layer 11 opposite to the audience. The Fresnel lens layer 12 includes a plurality of lens units 121 arranged according to a set rule.

根据不同的应用场合以及制作工艺,透镜单元121可以采用不同的结构。如图6所示,多组透镜单元121呈沿径向依次扩张排列的同心圆状。当投影屏幕应用于超短焦投影系统时,呈同心圆状的透镜单元121的圆心O通常不位于投影屏幕内,投影屏幕中也不包含完整的透镜单元,而是包含透镜单元的部分圆弧。当投影设备由投影屏幕的底侧向投影屏幕出射投影光线时,透镜单元121的圆心可以位于投影屏幕以外且靠近底部侧边的位置,那么随着逐渐远离底部侧边的方向各透镜单元121的半径逐渐增大。According to different application scenarios and manufacturing processes, the lens unit 121 can adopt different structures. As shown in FIG6 , multiple groups of lens units 121 are arranged in concentric circles that expand in sequence along the radial direction. When the projection screen is applied to an ultra-short-focus projection system, the center O of the concentric lens unit 121 is usually not located in the projection screen, and the projection screen does not contain a complete lens unit, but contains a partial arc of the lens unit. When the projection device emits projection light from the bottom side of the projection screen to the projection screen, the center of the lens unit 121 can be located outside the projection screen and close to the bottom side, then the radius of each lens unit 121 gradually increases as it gradually moves away from the bottom side.

如图5所示,透镜单元121包括相互连接的透镜面x1和非透镜面x2。其中,透镜面x1相对于表面功能层11是倾斜设置的,该透镜面x1的倾斜角度根据投影光线的入射角度进行设置,用于将投影设备的出射光线在入射到其表面的反射层时可以向观众的方向反射。非透镜面x2用于连接透镜面x1。As shown in FIG5 , the lens unit 121 includes a lens surface x1 and a non-lens surface x2 connected to each other. The lens surface x1 is tilted relative to the surface functional layer 11, and the tilt angle of the lens surface x1 is set according to the incident angle of the projection light, so as to reflect the outgoing light of the projection device toward the audience when it is incident on the reflective layer on its surface. The non-lens surface x2 is used to connect the lens surface x1.

反射层13至少覆盖于菲涅尔透镜层12的各透镜单元121的透镜面上,透镜单元的透镜面具有特定的倾斜角度,使得覆盖其表面的反射层13也具有相应的倾斜角度,由此可以使投影光线入射到透镜单元表面的反射层13时,被反射层13向观众的位置反射。The reflective layer 13 at least covers the lens surface of each lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12. The lens surface of the lens unit has a specific tilt angle, so that the reflective layer 13 covering its surface also has a corresponding tilt angle, thereby allowing the projection light to be incident on the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens unit and reflected toward the position of the audience by the reflective layer 13.

在一些实施例中,反射层13可以为采用蒸镀或溅射工艺形成的金属薄膜,该金属薄膜覆盖在透镜单元121的表面,从而使金属薄膜的表面具有与透镜单元相同的起伏趋势,金属薄膜的表面可以维持设计时透镜单元的透镜面对入射光线的反射角度。金属薄膜可以采用铝、银、钛等金属进行制作,在此不做限定。当采用如图5所示的结构,反射层13位于投影屏幕的背面的情况下,也可以涂布铝膏或银膏等。In some embodiments, the reflective layer 13 can be a metal film formed by evaporation or sputtering process, and the metal film covers the surface of the lens unit 121, so that the surface of the metal film has the same undulation trend as the lens unit, and the surface of the metal film can maintain the reflection angle of the lens unit facing the incident light when designed. The metal film can be made of aluminum, silver, titanium and other metals, which are not limited here. When the structure shown in Figure 5 is adopted, when the reflective layer 13 is located on the back of the projection screen, aluminum paste or silver paste can also be applied.

如图6所示,投影屏幕通常为矩形,包括四个侧边,相邻的侧边相互垂直。在使用状态下,投影屏幕通常会设置在墙壁上或悬挂在高处,底部侧边和顶部侧边通常平行于水平方向x,两侧的侧边垂直于水平方向。在本申请实施例中,投影屏幕为轴对称图形,其对称轴I-I’垂直于底部侧边,各透镜单元121关于对称轴I-I’呈轴对称分布,各透镜单元的圆心位于对称轴I-I’上。As shown in FIG6 , the projection screen is usually rectangular and includes four sides, and the adjacent sides are perpendicular to each other. When in use, the projection screen is usually set on a wall or hung at a high place, and the bottom side and the top side are usually parallel to the horizontal direction x, and the sides are perpendicular to the horizontal direction. In the embodiment of the present application, the projection screen is an axisymmetric figure, and its symmetry axis I-I' is perpendicular to the bottom side, and each lens unit 121 is axially symmetrically distributed about the symmetry axis I-I', and the center of each lens unit is located on the symmetry axis I-I'.

在本申请实施例中,至少一个透镜单元121的透镜面x1在第一位置处的倾斜角度大于在第二位置处的倾斜角度,其中,第一位置到对称轴I-I’的距离大于第二位置到对称轴I-I’的距离,那么透镜单元121的透镜面的倾斜角度可以满足:随着透镜面x1到对称轴I-I’的垂直距离的增大而增大。如图6所示,沿着对称轴I-I’可以将各透镜单元121划分为左右两部分,其中左侧的透镜单元的透镜面x1的倾斜角度沿着第一方向xl逐渐增大,右侧的透镜单元的透镜面x1的倾斜角度沿着第二方向xr逐渐增大。同一个透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度关于对称轴I-I’相互对称,即同一个透镜单元121中,左右两侧到对称轴I-I’的垂直距离相等的位置的透镜面的倾斜角度相等,即同一个透镜单元121中,关于对称轴I-I’相互对称的位置,其透镜面的倾斜角度相等。In the embodiment of the present application, the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of at least one lens unit 121 at the first position is greater than the inclination angle at the second position, wherein the distance from the first position to the symmetry axis I-I' is greater than the distance from the second position to the symmetry axis I-I', then the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit 121 can satisfy: it increases with the increase of the vertical distance from the lens surface x1 to the symmetry axis I-I'. As shown in FIG6 , each lens unit 121 can be divided into two parts, left and right, along the symmetry axis I-I', wherein the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of the lens unit on the left side gradually increases along the first direction xl, and the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of the lens unit on the right side gradually increases along the second direction xr. The inclination angles of the lens surfaces of the same lens unit are mutually symmetrical about the symmetry axis I-I', that is, in the same lens unit 121, the inclination angles of the lens surfaces at positions where the vertical distances from the left and right sides to the symmetry axis I-I' are equal are equal, that is, in the same lens unit 121, the inclination angles of the lens surfaces at positions that are mutually symmetrical about the symmetry axis I-I' are equal.

图7为本申请实施例提供的投影效果示意图之二。 FIG. 7 is a second schematic diagram of the projection effect provided in an embodiment of the present application.

本申请实施例通过将至少一个透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度设置成随着透镜面到对称轴I-I’的垂直距离的增大而增大,即同一个透镜单元中两侧位置的透镜面的倾斜角度更大,如图7所示,这样可以将入射到两侧的光线更多地向中间位置集中。对比图4和图7可知,通过本申请的上述设置,可以优化透镜单元的集光效果,由此提高投影屏幕的增益均匀性。In the embodiment of the present application, the tilt angle of the lens surface of at least one lens unit is set to increase as the vertical distance from the lens surface to the symmetry axis I-I' increases, that is, the tilt angles of the lens surfaces at both sides of the same lens unit are larger, as shown in FIG7, so that the light incident on both sides can be concentrated more toward the middle position. By comparing FIG4 and FIG7, it can be seen that through the above-mentioned setting of the present application, the light collection effect of the lens unit can be optimized, thereby improving the gain uniformity of the projection screen.

基于上述原理,为了将投影屏幕边缘的光线更多地向中央位置集中,提高投影屏幕的增益均匀性,本申请实施例将投影屏幕中所有的透镜单元均设置为透镜面的倾斜角度均随着透镜面到投影屏幕的对称轴I-I’的垂直距离的增大而增大,由此可以最大程度地将光线向中间位置集中。Based on the above principle, in order to concentrate more light at the edge of the projection screen to the central position and improve the gain uniformity of the projection screen, the embodiment of the present application sets all lens units in the projection screen so that the inclination angle of the lens surface increases with the increase of the vertical distance from the lens surface to the symmetry axis I-I' of the projection screen, thereby concentrating the light to the middle position to the greatest extent.

如图6所示,如果透镜单元121与投影屏幕的底部侧边的交点位置为A和D,底部侧边与对称轴I-I’的交点为C,投影屏幕的上部侧边与对称轴I-I’的交点为B,则透镜单元各位置处的透镜面的倾斜角度满足如图8所示的规律,图8为本申请实施例提供的透镜单元的透镜面在不同位置的倾斜角度的变化曲线之一,由图8可以看出,同一个透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化满足正弦函数,由A位置到B位置再到D位置,透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度先逐渐变小,再逐渐变大,呈正弦曲线变化。As shown in Figure 6, if the intersection positions of the lens unit 121 and the bottom side of the projection screen are A and D, the intersection point of the bottom side and the symmetry axis I-I' is C, and the intersection point of the upper side of the projection screen and the symmetry axis I-I' is B, then the inclination angle of the lens surface at each position of the lens unit satisfies the rule shown in Figure 8. Figure 8 is one of the change curves of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit at different positions provided in an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from Figure 8 that the change in the inclination angle of the lens surface of the same lens unit satisfies the sine function. From position A to position B and then to position D, the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit first gradually decreases and then gradually increases, changing in a sinusoidal curve.

对于一个透镜单元121来说,A/D位置为该透镜单元靠近投影屏幕两侧边缘的位置,B位置为该透镜单元的中间位置。为了使透镜单元可以将两侧的光线向中间位置集中,透镜单元的透镜面在两侧位置的倾斜角度相对于中间位置的倾斜角度需要更大,从而使光线入射到透镜单元后将光线更多地向中间位置反射,达到向中间集光的效果。For a lens unit 121, the A/D position is the position of the lens unit close to the edges of both sides of the projection screen, and the B position is the middle position of the lens unit. In order for the lens unit to focus the light from both sides to the middle position, the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit at the positions on both sides needs to be larger than the inclination angle at the middle position, so that after the light enters the lens unit, more light is reflected to the middle position, achieving the effect of focusing light to the middle.

图9为投影屏幕沿图6中的对称轴I-I’方向的截面结构示意图。FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen along the symmetry axis I-I’ in FIG6 .

如图9所示,投影设备通常在投影屏幕的下方中间位置向投影屏幕出射投影光线L,由于投影设备的位置固定,因此投影光线L在入射到投影屏幕的不同位置时的入射角度和方向均不相同,为了使投影光线均能向观众所在的位置反射,需要将各透镜单元设计成沿径向依次扩张的同心圆状,且沿相同的半径方向各透镜单元的透镜面x1的倾斜角度并不相同。在本申请实施例中,各透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度沿径向随着透镜单元的半径的增大而增大。As shown in FIG9 , the projection device usually emits a projection light L toward the projection screen at the middle position below the projection screen. Since the position of the projection device is fixed, the incident angle and direction of the projection light L when incident on different positions of the projection screen are different. In order to make the projection light be reflected toward the position where the audience is located, each lens unit needs to be designed into a concentric circle shape that expands sequentially along the radial direction, and the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit along the same radial direction is different. In the embodiment of the present application, the inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit increases along the radial direction as the radius of the lens unit increases.

以图9为例,同一个透镜单元的透镜面在不同的位置(例如A、B、D位置)的倾斜角度有所变化,因此沿着不同的方向各透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度没有可比性,但是沿着相同的方向,如图9中的径向y,各透镜单元的半径依次增大,各透镜单元的透镜面x1的倾斜角度依次增大,即沿着径向y各透镜单元的透镜面x1的倾斜角度满足:θ1<θ2<θ3。半径越大的透镜单元的位置越靠近投影屏幕的边缘,为了使入射到透镜单元的投影光线可以向中间位置反射,越靠近边缘位置的透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度需要设置得更大,因此透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度需要设置成沿径向随着半径的增大而增大的趋势。Taking FIG9 as an example, the tilt angle of the lens surface of the same lens unit varies at different positions (such as positions A, B, and D), so the tilt angles of the lens surfaces of the lens units along different directions are not comparable, but along the same direction, such as the radial direction y in FIG9, the radius of each lens unit increases successively, and the tilt angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit increases successively, that is, the tilt angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit along the radial direction y satisfies: θ1<θ2<θ3. The position of the lens unit with a larger radius is closer to the edge of the projection screen. In order to allow the projection light incident on the lens unit to be reflected to the middle position, the tilt angle of the lens surface of the lens unit closer to the edge position needs to be set larger, so the tilt angle of the lens surface of the lens unit needs to be set to increase along the radial direction with the increase of the radius.

图10为本申请实施例提供的透镜单元的透镜面在不同位置的倾斜角度的变化曲线之二。FIG. 10 is a second variation curve of the tilt angle of the lens surface of the lens unit at different positions provided by an embodiment of the present application.

如图10所示,每个透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化规律满足正弦函数,半径越大的透镜单元在投影屏幕所在平面占据的范围越大,因此从边缘位置到中间位置透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化越剧烈,体现到其满足的正弦曲线上即正弦曲线的振幅越大。那么根据上述规律,本申请实施例中的各透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度所满足的正弦函数的振幅随着透镜单元的半径的增大而增大。以图10为例,正弦曲线f1表示半径更大的透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化规律,正弦曲线f2表示半径更小的透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化规律,由图10可以看出,半径较大的透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度所满足的正弦曲线f1的振幅大于半径较小的透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度所满足的正弦曲线f2的振幅。As shown in FIG10 , the variation law of the inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit satisfies the sine function. The larger the radius of the lens unit, the larger the range occupied by the plane where the projection screen is located. Therefore, the more drastic the change of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit from the edge position to the middle position, the greater the amplitude of the sine curve that it satisfies. Then according to the above law, the amplitude of the sine function satisfied by the inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit in the embodiment of the present application increases with the increase of the radius of the lens unit. Taking FIG10 as an example, the sine curve f1 represents the variation law of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit with a larger radius, and the sine curve f2 represents the variation law of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit with a smaller radius. It can be seen from FIG10 that the amplitude of the sine curve f1 satisfied by the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit with a larger radius is greater than the amplitude of the sine curve f2 satisfied by the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit with a smaller radius.

在一些实施例中,投影屏幕可以搭配超短焦投影设备使用,超短焦投影系统可以投射出大尺寸图像,按照目前的投影屏幕尺寸,透镜单元的半径在2000mm以内,那么同一个透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化量(图10中的m)大于0且小于或等于2.25°。而随着透镜单元的半径的增大,其透镜面的倾斜角度的变化量逐渐增大,经过实验验证,透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化量随着投影屏幕的尺寸的增 大而增大。当透镜单元的半径在2000mm以内时,同一个菲涅结构的透镜面的倾斜角度的最大变化量不超过2.25°。In some embodiments, the projection screen can be used with an ultra-short-throw projection device. The ultra-short-throw projection system can project large-size images. According to the current projection screen size, the radius of the lens unit is within 2000 mm, and the change in the tilt angle of the lens surface of the same lens unit (m in FIG. 10 ) is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 2.25°. As the radius of the lens unit increases, the change in the tilt angle of its lens surface gradually increases. After experimental verification, the change in the tilt angle of the lens surface of the lens unit increases with the increase in the size of the projection screen. When the radius of the lens unit is within 2000 mm, the maximum variation of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the same Fresnel structure does not exceed 2.25°.

值得注意的是,本申请实施例仅以投影屏幕中透镜单元的半径在2000mm以内的情况进行举例说明,当投影屏幕的尺寸进一步增大,使得透镜单元的半径超过2000mm,则透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化量可能超过2.25°。本申请实施例不对变化量的具体数值进行限定。It is worth noting that the embodiment of the present application only takes the case where the radius of the lens unit in the projection screen is within 2000 mm as an example. When the size of the projection screen is further increased so that the radius of the lens unit exceeds 2000 mm, the change in the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit may exceed 2.25°. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of the change.

图11为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的结构示意图之二。FIG. 11 is a second schematic diagram of the structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图5和图11所示,投影屏幕还包括:粘合层14,粘合层14位于表面功能层11和菲涅尔透镜层12之间,用于将表面功能层11和菲涅尔透镜层12贴合。粘合层14可以采用丙烯酸系或硅系粘合剂,或者UV固化型树脂材料,在此不做限定。As shown in Fig. 5 and Fig. 11, the projection screen further includes: an adhesive layer 14, which is located between the surface functional layer 11 and the Fresnel lens layer 12 and is used to bond the surface functional layer 11 to the Fresnel lens layer 12. The adhesive layer 14 can be made of an acrylic or silicone adhesive, or a UV curable resin material, which is not limited here.

在一些实施例中,如图5所示,菲涅尔透镜层12的透镜单元121位于背离表面功能层11的一侧,粘合层14用于将表面功能层11与菲涅尔透镜层12的与透镜单元121相反一侧的表面相互粘合。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5 , the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on the side away from the surface functional layer 11 , and the adhesive layer 14 is used to bond the surface functional layer 11 to the surface of the Fresnel lens layer 12 opposite to the lens unit 121 .

在一些实施例中,如图11所示,菲涅尔透镜层12的透镜单元121位于面向表面功能层11的一侧,粘合层14用于将表面功能层11与透镜单元121表面上的反射层13相互粘合。将透镜单元121设置于靠近粘合层14的一侧时,粘合层14可以起到保护反射层13的作用。此时于菲涅尔透镜层12位于距离观众最远的一侧,且没有光线入射到菲涅尔透镜层12中,因此,对菲涅尔透镜层12的透光性和损伤的规格要求降低,不再需要使用昂贵的光学材料来制作菲涅尔透镜层12,可以采用较廉价的工业材料进行制作,由此降低生产成本。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 , the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on the side facing the surface functional layer 11, and the adhesive layer 14 is used to bond the surface functional layer 11 to the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens unit 121. When the lens unit 121 is disposed on the side close to the adhesive layer 14, the adhesive layer 14 can protect the reflective layer 13. At this time, since the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on the side farthest from the audience, and no light is incident on the Fresnel lens layer 12, the requirements on the light transmittance and damage of the Fresnel lens layer 12 are reduced, and it is no longer necessary to use expensive optical materials to make the Fresnel lens layer 12, and cheaper industrial materials can be used for production, thereby reducing production costs.

在一些实施例中,如图11所示,菲涅尔透镜层12包括第一基材122,第一基材122中的面向表面功能层11一侧的表面以及与表面功能层11相反一侧的表面均为平整表面,透镜单元121位于第一基材122上。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 11, the Fresnel lens layer 12 includes a first substrate 122, the surface of the first substrate 122 facing the surface functional layer 11 and the surface on the opposite side of the surface functional layer 11 are both flat surfaces, and the lens unit 121 is located on the first substrate 122.

其中,第一基材122可以采用聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(Polyethylene Terephthalate,简称PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯(Polyethylene Naphthalate,简称PEN)、聚碳酸酯(Polycarbonate,简称PC)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(Polymethyl Methacrylate,简称PMMA)、三醋酸纤维素(Triacetylcellulose,简称TAC)、环烯烃聚合物(Cyclo Olefin Polymer,简称COP)、热塑性聚氨酯(Thermoplastic Polyurethane,简称TPU)、聚氯乙烯(Polyvinyl chloride,简称PVC)、聚酰亚胺(Polyimide,简称PI)、聚酰胺(Polyamide,简称PA)、聚乙烯(Polyethylene,简称PE)、聚丙烯(Polypropylene,简称PP)等材料进行制作。Among them, the first substrate 122 can be made of materials such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate (PC), polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), triacetylcellulose (TAC), cycloolefin polymer (COP), thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyimide (PI), polyamide (PA), polyethylene (PE), and polypropylene (PP).

透镜单元121可以通过向具有透镜单元形状的模具涂布紫外线固化树脂,并采用第一基材122对紫外线固化树脂进行压印的同时进行紫外线固化而形成。除此之外,也可以采用其它材料结合其它制作方法来制作透镜单元121,在此不做限定。The lens unit 121 can be formed by applying ultraviolet curable resin to a mold having a lens unit shape, and UV curing the ultraviolet curable resin while imprinting it with the first substrate 122. In addition, the lens unit 121 can also be made of other materials combined with other manufacturing methods, which are not limited here.

图12为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的结构示意图之三。FIG. 12 is a third schematic diagram of the structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.

在一些实施例中,如图12所示,菲涅尔透镜层12为一体结构,菲涅尔透镜层12中的一侧表面为透镜单元121,另一侧表面为平整表面。采用一体结构的菲涅尔透镜层12可以省去将基材与透镜单元结合的工序,进一步简化制作流程。一体成型结构的菲涅尔透镜层12可以采用热成型的方式进行制作,在此不做限定。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG12 , the Fresnel lens layer 12 is an integrated structure, one side surface of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is a lens unit 121, and the other side surface is a flat surface. The Fresnel lens layer 12 with an integrated structure can omit the process of combining the substrate with the lens unit, further simplifying the manufacturing process. The Fresnel lens layer 12 with an integrated molding structure can be manufactured by thermoforming, which is not limited here.

图13为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的结构示意图之四,图14为本申请实施例提供的表面功能层的平面结构示意图。FIG13 is a fourth schematic diagram of the structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application, and FIG14 is a schematic diagram of the planar structure of the surface functional layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.

在一些实施例中,表面功能层11具有光扩散功能,如图13所示,表面功能层11可以包括:第二基材111和扩散层112。第二基材111作为扩散层112的基材,第二基材111与粘合层14接触,扩散层112位于第二基材111的与粘合层14相反一侧的表面上。In some embodiments, the surface functional layer 11 has a light diffusion function, as shown in FIG13 , the surface functional layer 11 may include: a second substrate 111 and a diffusion layer 112. The second substrate 111 serves as a substrate for the diffusion layer 112, the second substrate 111 is in contact with the adhesive layer 14, and the diffusion layer 112 is located on the surface of the second substrate 111 on the opposite side to the adhesive layer 14.

目前的投影系统通常采用激光光源,激光具有较高的准直性,因此投影光线的发散角较小,经过投影屏幕反射后的光线准直性高,也导致了视野角度较小。通过设置扩散层112,可以使光线经过扩散层 后出射角度多样化,从而使得最终由投影屏幕出射的光线具有一定的发散角度,增加了观众观看投影图像的视野角度。除此之外,扩散层112还有利于抑制激光散斑的产生,优化投影图像。Current projection systems usually use laser light sources. Lasers have high collimation, so the divergence angle of the projection light is small. The light reflected by the projection screen has high collimation, which also leads to a small viewing angle. By setting the diffusion layer 112, the light passing through the diffusion layer can be The post-emission angles are diversified, so that the light finally emitted from the projection screen has a certain divergence angle, which increases the viewing angle of the audience viewing the projection image. In addition, the diffusion layer 112 is also beneficial to suppress the generation of laser speckle and optimize the projection image.

扩散层112可以通过使树脂材料中含有扩散颗粒而形成在第二基材111的表面上。扩散颗粒可以采用但不限于二氧化硅粒子、三氧化二铝粒子、氧化钛粒子、氧化铈粒子、氧化锆粒子、氧化钽粒子、氧化锌粒子、氟化镁粒子等。The diffusion layer 112 can be formed on the surface of the second substrate 111 by making the resin material contain diffusion particles. The diffusion particles can be, but are not limited to, silicon dioxide particles, aluminum oxide particles, titanium oxide particles, cerium oxide particles, zirconium oxide particles, tantalum oxide particles, zinc oxide particles, magnesium fluoride particles, etc.

第二基材111可以采用但不限于PET、PEN、PC、PMMA、TAC、COP、TPU、PVC、PI、PA、PE、PP等材料。The second substrate 111 may be made of, but is not limited to, PET, PEN, PC, PMMA, TAC, COP, TPU, PVC, PI, PA, PE, PP and other materials.

在一些实施例中,扩散层112可以具有各向异性扩散的性质,各向异性扩散是指不同的方向的扩散角度不同。如图14所示,扩散层112沿水平方向x的扩散角度大于沿垂直方向y的扩散角度,水平方向x和垂直方向y均为投影屏幕所在平面内的不同方向,水平方向x平行于投影屏幕的底部侧边;垂直方向y垂直于水平方向,平行于投影屏幕的对称轴I-I’。垂直方向y对应观众观看投影屏幕时的高度方向,如果扩散层在垂直方向的扩散角度越大,那么来自于天花板的光也会被扩散,导致投影屏幕的黑场亮度增大。而扩散层在水平方向的扩散角度大,则可以扩散投影屏幕左右方向的视野角度。因此通过适用扩散层的沿水平方向x的扩散角度大于其沿垂直方向y的扩散角度的各向异性,从而可以增大投影屏幕在水平方向的视野角度同时避免黑场亮度增大。In some embodiments, the diffusion layer 112 may have anisotropic diffusion properties, where anisotropic diffusion means that the diffusion angles in different directions are different. As shown in FIG. 14 , the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer 112 along the horizontal direction x is greater than the diffusion angle along the vertical direction y. The horizontal direction x and the vertical direction y are different directions in the plane where the projection screen is located. The horizontal direction x is parallel to the bottom side of the projection screen; the vertical direction y is perpendicular to the horizontal direction and parallel to the symmetry axis I-I' of the projection screen. The vertical direction y corresponds to the height direction when the audience watches the projection screen. If the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the vertical direction is larger, the light from the ceiling will also be diffused, resulting in an increase in the black field brightness of the projection screen. If the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the horizontal direction is large, the field of view angle of the projection screen in the left and right directions can be diffused. Therefore, by applying the anisotropy that the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the horizontal direction x is greater than the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the vertical direction y, the field of view angle of the projection screen in the horizontal direction can be increased while avoiding an increase in the black field brightness.

在具体实施时,通过将扩散层制作成棱线沿垂直方向y排列的结构,可以实现水平方向x的扩散角度大于沿垂直方向y的扩散角度的效果。In a specific implementation, by manufacturing the diffusion layer into a structure in which the ridges are arranged along the vertical direction y, it is possible to achieve an effect that the diffusion angle in the horizontal direction x is greater than the diffusion angle in the vertical direction y.

如图4所示,在相关技术中,在同一个透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度为恒定的情况下,透镜单元是球面镜,会产生像散,因此投影屏幕的区域S1、S4和S7,以及区域S3、S6和S9会向水平方向的两侧出光,因此投影屏幕的增益均匀性变差。当使用了垂直方向y的扩散角度小于水平方向x的扩散角度的各向异性扩散层时,由于水平方向的扩散度增加,投影屏幕的增益均匀性会进一步下降。如果增大透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度来抑制光线在水平方向的扩散,则会导致投影屏幕的区域S2和S5位置的光线会向下方出射,从而造成投影屏幕的正面亮度下降。因此,目前为了克服上述问题会增大扩散层在垂直方向y的扩散角度,使得光线可以从下方向上方进一步扩散,由此来改善投影屏幕的增益均匀性。如上所述,扩散层在垂直方向y的扩散角度增大,会造成黑场亮度增大,仍然会影响显示效果。As shown in FIG4 , in the related art, when the inclination angle of the lens surface of the same lens unit is constant, the lens unit is a spherical mirror, which will produce astigmatism, so the areas S1, S4 and S7 of the projection screen, and the areas S3, S6 and S9 will emit light to both sides in the horizontal direction, so the gain uniformity of the projection screen deteriorates. When an anisotropic diffusion layer whose diffusion angle in the vertical direction y is smaller than the diffusion angle in the horizontal direction x is used, the gain uniformity of the projection screen will further decrease due to the increase in the diffusion degree in the horizontal direction. If the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit is increased to suppress the diffusion of light in the horizontal direction, the light in the areas S2 and S5 of the projection screen will be emitted downward, thereby causing the front brightness of the projection screen to decrease. Therefore, in order to overcome the above problems, the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the vertical direction y is increased, so that the light can be further diffused from the bottom to the top, thereby improving the gain uniformity of the projection screen. As mentioned above, the increase in the diffusion angle of the diffusion layer in the vertical direction y will cause the black field brightness to increase, which will still affect the display effect.

本申请实施例通过将透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度设置成边缘位置的倾斜角度大于中间位置的倾斜角度,从而使光线可以更多地向中间位置集中,同时配合使用水平方向x的扩散角度大于垂直方向y的扩散角度的各向异性的扩散层,可以在抑制投影屏幕在区域S2和S5的亮度降低的同时降低黑场亮度。In the embodiment of the present application, the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit is set so that the inclination angle at the edge position is greater than the inclination angle at the middle position, so that the light can be concentrated more at the middle position, and at the same time, an anisotropic diffusion layer is used in which the diffusion angle in the horizontal direction x is greater than the diffusion angle in the vertical direction y, so that the black field brightness can be reduced while suppressing the brightness reduction of the projection screen in areas S2 and S5.

本申请实施例还对根据上述构思制作而成的投影屏幕的增益均匀性进行测试。具体的制作过程为:在250μm厚的PET基材表面制作80inch的透镜单元形成菲涅尔透镜层。然后,在透镜单元的表面上通过蒸镀铝而形成反射层。接着,在250μm厚的PET基材表面制作垂直方向的扩散角度小于水平方向的扩散角度的扩散层。通过透明粘合胶将上述两个PET基材相互粘合得到投影屏幕。The embodiment of the present application also tests the gain uniformity of the projection screen made according to the above concept. The specific production process is: an 80-inch lens unit is made on the surface of a 250μm thick PET substrate to form a Fresnel lens layer. Then, a reflective layer is formed on the surface of the lens unit by evaporating aluminum. Next, a diffusion layer with a diffusion angle in the vertical direction smaller than the diffusion angle in the horizontal direction is made on the surface of a 250μm thick PET substrate. The above two PET substrates are bonded to each other by a transparent adhesive to obtain a projection screen.

如图4所示,采用相同的方法,以区域S1、S3、S7、S9的增益平均值与区域S5的增益之间的比率来测定投影屏幕的增益均匀性。通过将投影屏幕中的透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度设置成两侧位置的倾斜角度大于中间位置的倾斜角度,可以使投影屏幕的增益均匀性提升到80%以上,通过合理的倾斜角度的设计可以使投影屏幕的增益均匀性达到100%。As shown in Fig. 4, the same method is used to measure the gain uniformity of the projection screen by the ratio between the average gain of regions S1, S3, S7, and S9 and the gain of region S5. By setting the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit in the projection screen so that the inclination angle at the two side positions is greater than the inclination angle at the middle position, the gain uniformity of the projection screen can be improved to more than 80%, and the gain uniformity of the projection screen can be achieved to 100% by designing a reasonable inclination angle.

图15为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之五。FIG. 15 is a fifth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.

在一些实施例中,如图15所示,表面功能层11仅包括第二基材111,该第二基材111与粘合层14接触,通过粘合层14与菲涅尔透镜层12粘合。第二基材111的材料中包含扩散材料,因此在形成第二基材111时,可以使第二基材111具有光扩散能力和一定的雾度。包含扩散材料的第二基材111可以扩大视野角度, 还可以减少光线的反射,从而避免光线在天花板形成清晰图像,具有抗天花板反光的作用,可以提升观众的观看体验。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 15 , the surface functional layer 11 only includes a second substrate 111, which is in contact with the adhesive layer 14 and is bonded to the Fresnel lens layer 12 via the adhesive layer 14. The material of the second substrate 111 includes a diffusion material, so when the second substrate 111 is formed, the second substrate 111 can have a light diffusion capability and a certain haze. The second substrate 111 including the diffusion material can expand the field of view angle, It can also reduce the reflection of light, thereby preventing the light from forming a clear image on the ceiling. It has the effect of anti-ceiling reflection and can enhance the audience's viewing experience.

图16为本发明实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之六。FIG. 16 is a sixth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present invention.

在一些实施例中,如图16所示,表面功能层11仅包括第二基材111,该第二基材111与粘合层14接触,通过粘合层14与菲涅尔透镜层12粘合。第二基材111的与粘合层14相反一侧的表面为不平整表面。该不平整表面可以通过对第二基材111的表面进行喷砂处理或碱处理而形成,在此不做限定。第二基材111的不平整表面可以起到一定的光扩散作用以及雾化作用,从而可以起到扩大视角、抗天花板反光等作用。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG16 , the surface functional layer 11 includes only a second substrate 111, which is in contact with the adhesive layer 14 and is bonded to the Fresnel lens layer 12 through the adhesive layer 14. The surface of the second substrate 111 on the opposite side of the adhesive layer 14 is an uneven surface. The uneven surface can be formed by sandblasting or alkali treating the surface of the second substrate 111, which is not limited here. The uneven surface of the second substrate 111 can play a certain role in light diffusion and atomization, thereby expanding the viewing angle, resisting ceiling reflection, and the like.

图17为本发明实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之七,图18为本发明实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之八。FIG. 17 is the seventh schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in the embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 18 is the eighth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in the embodiment of the present invention.

在一些实施例中,如图17和图18所示,投影屏幕还可以只包括菲涅尔透镜层12、反射层13和表面功能层11。菲涅尔透镜层12的透镜单元121设置于面向观看者的一侧,反射层13位于透镜单元121的表面,表面功能层11位于反射层13的表面上。此时,表面功能层采用覆盖于反射层13上的扩散层112。扩散层112可以采用涂覆、喷涂等方式形成于反射层13的表面。采用图17和图18所示的投影屏幕结构,可以有效减小投影屏幕的厚度。菲涅尔透镜层12可以采用图17所示的结构,包括第一基材122和位于第一基材122上的透镜单元122,也可以采用图18所示的一体结构。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 , the projection screen may also include only the Fresnel lens layer 12, the reflective layer 13 and the surface functional layer 11. The lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is arranged on the side facing the viewer, the reflective layer 13 is located on the surface of the lens unit 121, and the surface functional layer 11 is located on the surface of the reflective layer 13. At this time, the surface functional layer adopts a diffusion layer 112 covering the reflective layer 13. The diffusion layer 112 can be formed on the surface of the reflective layer 13 by coating, spraying, etc. The projection screen structure shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 can effectively reduce the thickness of the projection screen. The Fresnel lens layer 12 can adopt the structure shown in FIG. 17 , including a first substrate 122 and a lens unit 122 located on the first substrate 122, or can adopt the integrated structure shown in FIG. 18 .

图19为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的截面结构示意图之九。FIG. 19 is a ninth schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.

在一些实施例中,如图19所示,还可以使粘合层14中含有吸光材料,对粘合层14进行着色,以改善投影屏幕的黑辉度。在一些实施例中,可以采用炭黑、染料等深色材料对粘合层14进行着色,使该粘合层14的颜色加深,在此不做限定。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG19 , the adhesive layer 14 may contain a light absorbing material and color the adhesive layer 14 to improve the black brightness of the projection screen. In some embodiments, the adhesive layer 14 may be colored with a dark material such as carbon black or dye to deepen the color of the adhesive layer 14, which is not limited here.

如图2所示,投影设备出射的投影光线L入射到投影屏幕内部,在入射到反射层13之后被反射层13反射,再从投影屏幕中出射向观众所在的方向。与此同时,环境光线C也可以入射到投影屏幕内部,同样地,一些环境光在入射到反射层13时也会被反射,从投影屏幕中出射出来,这些被反射的环境光会对投影光线产生干扰,从而降低投影图像的对比度。As shown in FIG2 , the projection light L emitted by the projection device is incident on the inside of the projection screen, and is reflected by the reflective layer 13 after being incident on the reflective layer 13, and then is emitted from the projection screen in the direction of the audience. At the same time, the ambient light C can also be incident on the inside of the projection screen. Similarly, some ambient light will also be reflected when incident on the reflective layer 13 and will be emitted from the projection screen. These reflected ambient lights will interfere with the projection light, thereby reducing the contrast of the projected image.

为了克服上述问题,相关技术中通常会对投影屏幕中的膜层进行着色,从而使被着色的膜层可以吸收入射的环境光,减少环境光的反射。In order to overcome the above problems, in the related art, the film layer in the projection screen is usually colored, so that the colored film layer can absorb the incident ambient light and reduce the reflection of the ambient light.

如图19所示,可以对粘合层14进行着色,在粘合层14的材料中混合染料、碳黑等具有吸光性质的物质,从而使得环境光入射到粘合层14时被吸收。然而,由于投影屏幕中着色的膜层对全波段的光线均具有吸收作用,使得投影光线L在入射到着色的膜层(如粘合层14)后出射效率下降,无法起到提高对比度的作用。As shown in FIG19 , the adhesive layer 14 can be colored, and dyes, carbon black and other light-absorbing substances can be mixed into the material of the adhesive layer 14, so that the ambient light is absorbed when it enters the adhesive layer 14. However, since the colored film layer in the projection screen absorbs light of all wavelengths, the projection light L has a reduced emission efficiency after entering the colored film layer (such as the adhesive layer 14), and cannot improve the contrast.

为了提高投影图像的对比度,如图20所示,在一些实施例中,反射层可以采用波长选择反射层F,波长选择反射层F可以对投影设备出射的投影光线选择性反射,而对其它波段的光线反射率大幅降低,在投影设备关闭时能够实现黑色外观,在投影设备开启时能够得到明亮的显示,由此可以显著提高投影图像的对比度。In order to improve the contrast of the projected image, as shown in FIG. 20 , in some embodiments, the reflective layer may adopt a wavelength selective reflective layer F, which can selectively reflect the projection light emitted by the projection device, while greatly reducing the reflectivity of light in other bands. When the projection device is turned off, a black appearance can be achieved, and when the projection device is turned on, a bright display can be obtained, thereby significantly improving the contrast of the projected image.

如图20所示,投影设备出射的投影光线L由表面功能层11一侧入射到投影屏幕内部,在入射到透镜单元121时被其表面的波长选择反射层F反射,从而向观众所在的方向反射。与此同时,环境光线C由表面功能层11的一侧入射到投影屏幕内部,当环境光线C入射到透镜单元表面的波长选择反射层F时,由于波长选择反射层F仅对投影光线进行反射,对其它波段的环境光线的反射率较低,因此可以大幅降低环境光的反射,投影光线的对比度得以提高。As shown in FIG20 , the projection light L emitted by the projection device is incident on the inside of the projection screen from the side of the surface functional layer 11, and is reflected by the wavelength selective reflection layer F on the surface of the lens unit 121 when incident on the lens unit 121, thereby reflecting in the direction of the audience. At the same time, the ambient light C is incident on the inside of the projection screen from the side of the surface functional layer 11. When the ambient light C is incident on the wavelength selective reflection layer F on the surface of the lens unit, since the wavelength selective reflection layer F only reflects the projection light, the reflectivity of the ambient light in other wavelength bands is low, so the reflection of the ambient light can be greatly reduced, and the contrast of the projection light can be improved.

具体来说,波长选择反射层F是利用共振腔的原理对向观众方向出射的光线的波长进行选择,其它波段则被限制在共振腔内无法出射,从而达到对投影光线选择性反射的效果。 Specifically, the wavelength selective reflection layer F uses the principle of the resonance cavity to select the wavelength of the light emitted toward the audience, while other wavelengths are restricted in the resonance cavity and cannot be emitted, thereby achieving the effect of selective reflection of the projection light.

图21为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层的结构示意图之一;图22为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层的结构示意图之二;图23为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层的结构示意图之三。Figure 21 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; Figure 22 is a second structural schematic diagram of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; Figure 23 is a third structural schematic diagram of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图21和图22所示,波长选择反射层F包括:反光层131和位于反光层131上的至少一个膜层组z。其中,各膜层组z堆叠设置,每个膜层组z均包括:半透光层132和透光介质层133。As shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 22 , the wavelength selective reflection layer F includes: a reflective layer 131 and at least one film layer group z located on the reflective layer 131 . The film layer groups z are stacked and each film layer group z includes: a semi-transparent layer 132 and a transparent medium layer 133 .

反光层131具有反射光线的作用,反光层131位于远离观众的一侧,并不需要透射光线,因此可以采用有反光性质无透光性质的材料制作。在一些实施例中,反光层131可以采用铝、铝合金、银或银合金等材料进行制作。例如,反光层131可以采用Al、AlSi等铝合金,或采用Ag、AgPaCu等银合金构成的层压结构,在此不做限定。反光层131可以采用溅射、蒸镀等方法进行制作,在此不做限定。The reflective layer 131 has the function of reflecting light. The reflective layer 131 is located on the side away from the audience and does not need to transmit light. Therefore, it can be made of a material with reflective properties but no light-transmitting properties. In some embodiments, the reflective layer 131 can be made of materials such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, silver or silver alloy. For example, the reflective layer 131 can be made of aluminum alloys such as Al and AlSi, or a laminated structure composed of silver alloys such as Ag and AgPaCu, which is not limited here. The reflective layer 131 can be made by sputtering, evaporation and other methods, which is not limited here.

对于每个膜层组z来说,半透光层132位于靠近表面功能层11的一侧,反光层131位于半透光层131的与表面功能层11相反的一侧,且半透光层132和反光层131之间相距一定的距离。透光介质层133位于半透光层132和反光层131之间。由反光层131、半透光层132和透光介质层133构成共振腔结构。For each film layer group z, the semi-transparent layer 132 is located on the side close to the surface functional layer 11, the reflective layer 131 is located on the side of the semi-transparent layer 131 opposite to the surface functional layer 11, and there is a certain distance between the semi-transparent layer 132 and the reflective layer 131. The transparent medium layer 133 is located between the semi-transparent layer 132 and the reflective layer 131. The reflective layer 131, the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 form a resonant cavity structure.

在一些实施例中,可以将波长选择反射层F设置成如图21所示的单共振结构,即由反光层131、半透光层132和透光介质层133构成一个共振结构;或者也可以将波长选择反射层F设置成如图22所示的双共振结构,即由反光层131、半透光层132和透光介质层133构成一个共振结构,由相邻的半透光层132、透光介质层133和半透光层132再构成一个共振结构;以此类推,波长选择反射层F也可以包括两个以上的共振结构。波长选择反射层F中包含的共振结构越多,其对波长的选择性就越精确,同时也会成本也相应增加。因此需要在性能和成本之间取得平衡。In some embodiments, the wavelength selective reflective layer F can be set to a single resonance structure as shown in FIG. 21, that is, the reflective layer 131, the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 form a resonance structure; or the wavelength selective reflective layer F can be set to a double resonance structure as shown in FIG. 22, that is, the reflective layer 131, the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 form a resonance structure, and the adjacent semi-transparent layer 132, the transparent medium layer 133 and the semi-transparent layer 132 form another resonance structure; and so on, the wavelength selective reflective layer F can also include more than two resonance structures. The more resonance structures included in the wavelength selective reflective layer F, the more precise its wavelength selectivity, and the cost will also increase accordingly. Therefore, it is necessary to strike a balance between performance and cost.

具体地,波长选择反射层F中的半透光层132具有半透半反的性质,可以使投影光线在入射到投影屏幕时,使投影光线可以入射到共振结构中,而当投影光线在共振结构内振荡增强之后也可以由半透光层132一侧出射出来。在一些实施例中,半透光层132可以采用Al、Nb、Ag和Ti等中的至少一种金属形成的层压结构,在此不做限定。半透光层132可以采用溅射、蒸镀等方法进行制作,在此不做限定。Specifically, the semi-transparent layer 132 in the wavelength selective reflection layer F has a semi-transparent and semi-reflective property, so that when the projection light is incident on the projection screen, the projection light can be incident on the resonance structure, and when the projection light oscillates and strengthens in the resonance structure, it can also be emitted from one side of the semi-transparent layer 132. In some embodiments, the semi-transparent layer 132 can be a laminated structure formed by at least one metal selected from Al, Nb, Ag and Ti, etc., which is not limited here. The semi-transparent layer 132 can be manufactured by sputtering, evaporation and other methods, which are not limited here.

透光介质层133的厚度决定了共振结构的腔长,透光介质层133的折射率和厚度之积决定从共振结构向观众方向射出的光线的波长和在共振结构内部被消光的波长。那么在设计共振结构时需要选择折射率和厚度之积满足使投影设备的出射的投影光线产生共振条件的电介质材料。在一些实施例中,透光介质层133可以采用金属氧化物、氮化物或透明树脂等材料制作。例如,透光介质层133可以采用TiO2、Nb2O5、ZrO2、Al2O3、ZnO2、SiO2等金属氧化物或氮化物,采用反应性溅射、电子束(Electron Beam,简称EB)蒸镀、化学气相沉积等方法进行制作;或者也可以采用PMMA、PC、PS等透明树脂中选择一种或两种以上的层叠结构,采用凹版印刷、模涂等湿处理工艺进行制作,在此不做限定。The thickness of the transparent medium layer 133 determines the cavity length of the resonance structure, and the product of the refractive index and thickness of the transparent medium layer 133 determines the wavelength of the light emitted from the resonance structure to the audience and the wavelength that is extinguished inside the resonance structure. Therefore, when designing the resonance structure, it is necessary to select a dielectric material whose product of the refractive index and thickness satisfies the conditions for the projection light emitted by the projection device to resonate. In some embodiments, the transparent medium layer 133 can be made of materials such as metal oxides, nitrides or transparent resins. For example, the transparent medium layer 133 can be made of metal oxides or nitrides such as TiO2, Nb2O5, ZrO2, Al2O3, ZnO2, SiO2, etc., and can be made by reactive sputtering, electron beam (EB) evaporation, chemical vapor deposition and other methods; or it can also be made of a laminated structure of one or more of transparent resins such as PMMA, PC, PS, etc., and made by wet processing processes such as gravure printing and die coating, which are not limited here.

在一些实施例中,如图23所示,波长选择反射层F还可以包括基材134,基材134位于半透光层132的与透光介质层133相反的一侧。基材134作为共振腔的基底,具有支撑承载作用。在具体实施时,基材134可以采用PET等材料制作,在此不做限定。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG23 , the wavelength selective reflection layer F may further include a substrate 134, and the substrate 134 is located on the side of the semi-transparent layer 132 opposite to the transparent medium layer 133. The substrate 134 serves as the base of the resonance cavity and has a supporting and bearing function. In a specific implementation, the substrate 134 may be made of materials such as PET, which is not limited here.

在本申请实施例中,投影光源可以采用三色激光光源装置,三色激光光源装置可以出射红色激光、绿色激光和蓝色激光,那么通过对透光介质层的材料折射率和厚度的调整,可以使共振腔同时增强对红色激光、绿色激光和蓝色激光的反射,与此同时衰减对其它波段光线的反射,从而提高投影光线的对比度。In the embodiment of the present application, the projection light source can adopt a three-color laser light source device, which can emit red laser, green laser and blue laser. Then, by adjusting the refractive index and thickness of the material of the transparent medium layer, the resonance cavity can simultaneously enhance the reflection of red laser, green laser and blue laser, while attenuating the reflection of light in other bands, thereby improving the contrast of the projection light.

图24为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层对不同波段光线的反射率曲线。图24中虚线的位置为三色激光光源装置出射的三色激光的峰值波长的位置。由图24可以看出,波长选择反射层可以同时在投影设备出射的红色激光、绿色激光和蓝色激光所在波长具有较高的反射率,而在其它波段的反射率明显降低,有利于提高投影光线对比度。FIG24 is a reflectivity curve of the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in the embodiment of the present application for light of different wavelength bands. The position of the dotted line in FIG24 is the position of the peak wavelength of the three-color laser emitted by the three-color laser light source device. As can be seen from FIG24, the wavelength selective reflection layer can have a high reflectivity at the wavelengths of the red laser, green laser and blue laser emitted by the projection device at the same time, while the reflectivity at other wavelength bands is significantly reduced, which is conducive to improving the contrast of the projection light.

根据仿真测试,当半透光层132的厚度在2nm~20nm范围内,反光层131的厚度大于50nm且小于 100nm,透光介质层133的厚度与折射率之积在1200~1800范围内的效果较好。According to simulation tests, when the thickness of the semi-transparent layer 132 is within the range of 2nm to 20nm, the thickness of the reflective layer 131 is greater than 50nm and less than The effect is better when the product of the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 and the refractive index is in the range of 1200 to 1800.

值得注意的是,波长选择反射层F中的反光层131、半透光层132和透光介质层133的厚度均主要关注位于透镜单元121的透镜面x1上的膜层的厚度,该厚度是指膜层沿垂直于透镜单元121的透镜面x1的厚度。这是因为在对波长选择反射层F进行设计时,是根据透镜面x1上入射光线的入射角范围为±15°,对波长选择反射层中的各膜层的材料和共振腔的腔长进行选择和设计。而波长选择反射层F中的透光介质层133沿垂直于透镜面x1的厚度和折射率关系到选择反射的波长,因此需要对透光介质层133的镀膜厚度进行精准把控。It is worth noting that the thickness of the reflective layer 131, the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 in the wavelength selective reflection layer F mainly focuses on the thickness of the film layer located on the lens surface x1 of the lens unit 121, and the thickness refers to the thickness of the film layer along the lens surface x1 perpendicular to the lens unit 121. This is because when designing the wavelength selective reflection layer F, the materials of each film layer in the wavelength selective reflection layer and the cavity length of the resonance cavity are selected and designed based on the incident angle range of the incident light on the lens surface x1 being ±15°. The thickness and refractive index of the transparent medium layer 133 in the wavelength selective reflection layer F along the direction perpendicular to the lens surface x1 are related to the wavelength of selective reflection, so the coating thickness of the transparent medium layer 133 needs to be accurately controlled.

以波长选择反射层F中的反光层131半透光层132和透光介质层133均采用镀膜工艺进行制作为例,对本申请实施例中的各膜层的结构进行具体说明。Taking the example that the reflective layer 131 , the semi-transparent layer 132 and the transparent medium layer 133 in the wavelength selective reflective layer F are all manufactured by the coating process, the structure of each film layer in the embodiment of the present application is specifically described.

图25为本申请实施例提供的投影光线入射投影屏幕的光路示意图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of the optical path of the projection light incident on the projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图25所示,当投影设备位于投影屏幕的底部下方时,投影设备出射的投影光线入射到投影屏幕不同位置时的入射角度也不相同。为了使更多的投影光线向观从所在的位置集中,如图25所示,各透镜单元121的透镜面x1的倾斜角度不同,以图25所示的菲涅尔透镜层12为例,沿着逐渐远离投影设备2(远离投影屏幕的底部侧边)的方向,各透镜单元121的半径依次增大,各透镜单元121的透镜面x1的倾斜角度逐渐增大,即θ3<θ2<θ1。经过合理的设计,当投影光线入射到投影屏幕时的角度为65°~85°时,投影光线入射到不同的透镜单元的透镜面x1的入射角范围在10°~15°的范围内。As shown in FIG25, when the projection device is located below the bottom of the projection screen, the incident angles of the projection light emitted by the projection device when incident on different positions of the projection screen are also different. In order to make more projection light focus on the position where it is located, as shown in FIG25, the inclination angles of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 are different. Taking the Fresnel lens layer 12 shown in FIG25 as an example, along the direction gradually away from the projection device 2 (away from the bottom side of the projection screen), the radius of each lens unit 121 increases successively, and the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 gradually increases, that is, θ3<θ2<θ1. After reasonable design, when the angle of the projection light incident on the projection screen is 65° to 85°, the incident angle range of the projection light incident on the lens surface x1 of different lens units is within the range of 10° to 15°.

图26为本申请实施例提供的镀膜示意图之一。FIG. 26 is one of the schematic diagrams of coating provided in an embodiment of the present application.

在相关技术中,如图26中的(a)所示,镀膜工艺通常是在平坦表面12’上沉积薄膜的过程,其成膜方向如图26中的箭头方向所示是垂直于平坦表面12’的,也就是说在平坦表面12’上各位置处的薄膜133’的垂直于平坦表面12’的厚度基本相等。In the related art, as shown in (a) in FIG. 26 , the coating process is usually a process of depositing a thin film on a flat surface 12’, and the film forming direction is perpendicular to the flat surface 12’ as shown in the direction of the arrow in FIG. 26 , that is, the thickness of the thin film 133’ at each position on the flat surface 12’ perpendicular to the flat surface 12’ is basically the same.

然而,如图26中的(b)所示,本申请实施例中,需要在呈同心圆状的透镜单元121的表面镀膜,那么采用相同的镀膜工艺形成透光介质层133时,得到的膜层仍然是在成膜方向上的厚度是均匀的,即各透镜单元121上的透光介质层133沿垂直于投影屏幕所在平面(平行于图26中的成膜方向)的厚度L是相等的。而各透镜单元121的透镜面x1的倾斜角度并不相同,那么不同的透镜单元表面上的透光介质层133沿垂直于透镜面x1的厚度则不相等。However, as shown in (b) of FIG. 26 , in the embodiment of the present application, it is necessary to coat the surface of the lens units 121 in a concentric circle shape. Then, when the light-transmitting medium layer 133 is formed by the same coating process, the obtained film layer is still uniform in thickness in the film-forming direction, that is, the thickness L of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 on each lens unit 121 along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen (parallel to the film-forming direction in FIG. 26 ) is equal. However, the inclination angles of the lens surfaces x1 of each lens unit 121 are different, so the thicknesses of the light-transmitting medium layers 133 on the surfaces of different lens units along the plane perpendicular to the lens surface x1 are not equal.

为了便于说明,以下将膜层平行于成膜方向的厚度称为平面厚度,将膜层垂直透镜单元的透镜面的厚度称为垂直厚度。根据图26所示的关系,透光介质层133的垂直厚度为L×cosθ,θ为透镜单元121的透镜面x1的倾斜角度。以图26为例,由投影屏幕的底部到顶部的不同透镜单元121上的透光介质层133的垂直厚度满足:L3=L×cosθ3,L2=L×cosθ2,L1=L×cosθ1;而各透镜单元的透镜面x1的倾斜角度是随着透镜单元的半径的增大而增大,即θ1>θ2>θ3,那么根据上述关系可知:L1<L2<L3。For the sake of convenience, the thickness of the film layer parallel to the film forming direction is referred to as the plane thickness, and the thickness of the film layer perpendicular to the lens surface of the lens unit is referred to as the vertical thickness. According to the relationship shown in FIG26, the vertical thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 is L×cosθ, where θ is the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of the lens unit 121. Taking FIG26 as an example, the vertical thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 on different lens units 121 from the bottom to the top of the projection screen satisfies: L3=L×cosθ3, L2=L×cosθ2, L1=L×cosθ1; and the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit increases with the increase of the radius of the lens unit, that is, θ1>θ2>θ3, then according to the above relationship, it can be known that: L1<L2<L3.

图27为本申请实施例提供的波长选择反射层产生波长偏移的反射率曲线。FIG. 27 is a reflectivity curve of the wavelength shift produced by the wavelength selective reflection layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.

对比图24和图27,当透光介质层133均采用Nb2O5时,当透光介质层133的厚度增加10%时,波长选择反射层所选择反射的波长会向长波方向发生偏移。Comparing FIG. 24 and FIG. 27 , when the light-transmitting medium layer 133 is made of Nb 2 O 5 , when the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 increases by 10%, the wavelength selectively reflected by the wavelength selective reflection layer will shift toward the long-wave direction.

由此可见,采用现有的镀膜工艺制作波长选择反射层F时会使得透光介质层沿垂直于透镜单元的透镜面的厚度随着透镜单元的半径的增大而减小。这将造成投影屏幕在显示全白画面时,屏幕靠近底部的颜色泛红,屏幕的色度均匀性降低。It can be seen that when the wavelength selective reflection layer F is manufactured by the existing coating process, the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer along the lens surface perpendicular to the lens unit decreases as the radius of the lens unit increases. This will cause the color near the bottom of the screen to be reddish when the projection screen displays a full white image, and the color uniformity of the screen is reduced.

有鉴于此,本申请实施例在制作投影屏幕中的波长选择反射层F时,对镀膜设备进行调整,可以使覆盖各透镜单元121的透镜面x1上的波长选择反射层F,尤其是波长选择反射层F中的透光介质层133沿垂直于透镜面x1的厚度相等,由此可以提高投影屏幕的色度均匀性。In view of this, when manufacturing the wavelength selective reflection layer F in the projection screen, the coating equipment is adjusted in the embodiment of the present application so that the wavelength selective reflection layer F covering the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121, especially the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 in the wavelength selective reflection layer F along the direction perpendicular to the lens surface x1, can be equal, thereby improving the chromaticity uniformity of the projection screen.

图28为本申请实施例提供的镀膜示意图之二。 FIG. 28 is a second schematic diagram of coating provided in an embodiment of the present application.

在制作波长选择反射层F,尤其是制作透光介质层133时,可以在成膜方向上控制膜层的厚度,使得波长选择反射层F中的膜层沿垂直于投影屏幕所在平面的厚度随着透镜单元的半径的增大而增大,从而保证每个透镜单元121上的膜层沿垂直于透镜面x1的厚度相等或近似相等。以图28为例,由投影屏幕的底部到顶部的不同透镜单元121上的透光介质层133沿垂直于透镜面x1的厚度(即上述垂直厚度)满足:L3=L2=L1,而透光介质层133沿垂直于投影屏幕所在平面的厚度(即上述平面厚度)则满足:L3’<L2’<L1’。When manufacturing the wavelength selective reflection layer F, especially the transparent medium layer 133, the thickness of the film layer can be controlled in the film forming direction, so that the thickness of the film layer in the wavelength selective reflection layer F along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen increases with the increase of the radius of the lens unit, thereby ensuring that the thickness of the film layer along the plane perpendicular to the lens surface x1 on each lens unit 121 is equal or approximately equal. Taking FIG. 28 as an example, the thickness of the transparent medium layer 133 along the plane perpendicular to the lens surface x1 on different lens units 121 from the bottom to the top of the projection screen (i.e., the above-mentioned vertical thickness) satisfies: L3 = L2 = L1, and the thickness of the transparent medium layer 133 along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen (i.e., the above-mentioned plane thickness) satisfies: L3'<L2'<L1'.

需要说明的是,当反射层采用波长选择反射层F时,根据菲涅尔透镜层12的设置方向,波长选择反射层F中各膜层的制作顺序也不相同。在一些实施例中,如图20所示,菲涅尔透镜层12的透镜单元121位于背离粘合层14的一侧时,需要在透镜单元121上依次形成半透光层、透光介质层和反光层。在一些实施例中,如图11所示,菲涅尔透镜层12的透镜单元121面向粘合层14设置时,需要在透镜单元121上依次形成反光层、透光介质层和半透光层,与上述制作顺序相反。It should be noted that when the reflective layer adopts the wavelength selective reflective layer F, the manufacturing order of each film layer in the wavelength selective reflective layer F is different according to the setting direction of the Fresnel lens layer 12. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG20, when the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located on the side away from the adhesive layer 14, it is necessary to form a semi-transmissive layer, a light-transmissive medium layer and a reflective layer on the lens unit 121 in sequence. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG11, when the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is arranged facing the adhesive layer 14, it is necessary to form a reflective layer, a light-transmissive medium layer and a semi-transmissive layer on the lens unit 121 in sequence, which is opposite to the above manufacturing order.

如图20所示,投影设备出射的投影光线L由表面功能层11一侧入射到投影屏幕内部,在入射到透镜单元121时被透镜单元表面的反射层13反射,从而向观众所在的方向反射。通常情况下包含反射层13的投影屏幕为反射型屏幕,在光线入射到反射层13之前的膜层均具有透光性。As shown in FIG20 , the projection light L emitted by the projection device is incident on the inside of the projection screen from the side of the surface functional layer 11, and is reflected by the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens unit when incident on the lens unit 121, thereby reflecting in the direction where the audience is located. Generally, the projection screen including the reflective layer 13 is a reflective screen, and the film layers before the light is incident on the reflective layer 13 are all light-transmissive.

在一些实施例中,在投影屏幕的任意至少一个透光性膜层中可以包含低价氧化物,由此来降低该透光性膜层对于可见光波段的透过率,即低价氧化物对可光见波段具有一定的吸收性。从而在显示黑色图像时,可以吸收入射的环境光,改善投影屏幕的黑辉度。In some embodiments, at least one of the light-transmitting film layers of the projection screen may contain a low-valent oxide, thereby reducing the transmittance of the light-transmitting film layer to the visible light band, that is, the low-valent oxide has a certain absorptivity to the visible light band. Therefore, when displaying a black image, it can absorb the incident ambient light and improve the black brightness of the projection screen.

低价氧化物是不完全氧化物,在一些实施例中,可以采用金属低价氧化物,并且通过控制金属低价氧化物的含氧量来改变对可见光波段的透过率。金属低价氧化物是金属在被氧化过程中的过渡产物,金属多为不透光性物质,从金属态到被完全氧化后的氧化物态对可见光波段的透光率会逐渐增大,吸收率会逐渐减小,最终被完全氧化成对于可见光波段来说透明的氧化物,本申请实施例将被完全氧化的金属形成的氧化物称为金属完全氧化物,而未被完全氧化的金属形成的氧化物称为金属低价氧化物。Suboxides are incomplete oxides. In some embodiments, metal suboxides can be used, and the transmittance to the visible light band can be changed by controlling the oxygen content of the metal suboxides. Metal suboxides are transition products of metals during the oxidation process. Metals are mostly opaque substances. From the metallic state to the oxide state after complete oxidation, the transmittance to the visible light band will gradually increase, and the absorptivity will gradually decrease. Finally, it will be completely oxidized into an oxide that is transparent to the visible light band. In the embodiments of the present application, the oxide formed by the completely oxidized metal is called the metal complete oxide, and the oxide formed by the incompletely oxidized metal is called the metal suboxide.

以下对金属氧化过程中光学参数的变化进行具体介绍,图29为本申请实施例提供的金属完全氧化物的光学参数的变化曲线;图30为本申请实施例提供的金属低价氧化物的光学参数的变化曲线。The following is a detailed introduction to the changes in optical parameters during metal oxidation. FIG29 is a curve showing the changes in optical parameters of a metal complete oxide provided in an embodiment of the present application; FIG30 is a curve showing the changes in optical parameters of a metal low-valent oxide provided in an embodiment of the present application.

通常情况下,光学参数包括表征多方面性能的参数,在投影屏幕中主要需要考虑的参数为折射率n和消光系数k。其中,消光系数k决定了对入射的可见光波段吸收能力,消光系数越大吸光能力越强。对比图29和图30可知,金属完全氧化物的折射率n随着波长的增大而减小而后趋于恒定,消光系数k随着波长的增大迅速减小,且在可见光波段的取值均为0,即在可见光波段不具有吸光性。而对于金属低价氧化物来说,折射率n随着波长的增大会有先减小后增大的趋势,消光系数k随着波长的增大会有先减小后增大再减小的趋势,且在可见光波段消光系数k的取值在0以上,因此对可见光波段具有吸收作用。由此通过在投影屏幕中的任意至少一个透光性膜层中增加金属低价氧化物,可以使该膜层在具有透光性的同时对可见光波段具有一定的吸光性质。Generally, optical parameters include parameters that characterize various aspects of performance. The main parameters that need to be considered in the projection screen are the refractive index n and the extinction coefficient k. Among them, the extinction coefficient k determines the absorption capacity of the incident visible light band. The larger the extinction coefficient, the stronger the absorption capacity. Comparing Figures 29 and 30, it can be seen that the refractive index n of the metal complete oxide decreases with the increase of wavelength and then tends to be constant, and the extinction coefficient k decreases rapidly with the increase of wavelength, and the value in the visible light band is 0, that is, it has no light absorption in the visible light band. For metal low-valent oxides, the refractive index n will tend to decrease first and then increase with the increase of wavelength, and the extinction coefficient k will tend to decrease first, then increase and then decrease with the increase of wavelength, and the value of the extinction coefficient k in the visible light band is above 0, so it has an absorption effect on the visible light band. Therefore, by adding a metal low-valent oxide to any one of the light-transmitting film layers in the projection screen, the film layer can have certain light absorption properties in the visible light band while being light-transmitting.

在具体实施时,金属低价氧化物可以采用带有等离子体发光控制的反应性溅射工艺进行制作。在溅射腔体内溅射源为金属,除使用氩气等放电气体外,还需要使用氧气等反应性气体,通过控制反应性气体的流量调整等离子体发光强度,从而形成金属低价氧化物。从金属态到被完全氧化的金属氧化物的过程中存在过渡态,在过渡区内可以形成金属低价氧化物。In specific implementation, metal suboxides can be produced by a reactive sputtering process with plasma luminescence control. In the sputtering chamber, the sputtering source is metal. In addition to using discharge gases such as argon, reactive gases such as oxygen are also needed. The plasma luminescence intensity is adjusted by controlling the flow rate of the reactive gas to form metal suboxides. There is a transition state in the process from the metallic state to the fully oxidized metal oxide, and metal suboxides can be formed in the transition zone.

具体来说,图31为本申请实施例提供的等离子体发光控制的反应性溅射工艺中氧化数随反应性气体流量变化的变化曲线;图32为本申请实施例提供的等离子体发光控制的反应性溅射工艺中氧分压随反应性气体流量变化的变化曲线;图33为本申请实施例提供的等离子体发光控制的反应性溅射工艺中消光系数随反应性气体流量变化的变化曲线。其中,溅射源为金属,反应性气体为氧气,在溅射过程中金属会逐渐被氧化,从金属态逐渐转换成金属完全氧化物态,图31~图33中实线圆框为金属低价氧化物状态, 虚线圆框为金属完全氧化物状态。Specifically, FIG. 31 is a curve showing the change of oxidation number with the change of reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in the embodiment of the present application; FIG. 32 is a curve showing the change of oxygen partial pressure with the change of reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in the embodiment of the present application; FIG. 33 is a curve showing the change of extinction coefficient with the change of reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process of plasma luminescence control provided in the embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the sputtering source is metal, and the reactive gas is oxygen. During the sputtering process, the metal will gradually be oxidized and gradually converted from the metallic state to the metal complete oxide state. The solid circle frames in FIG. 31 to FIG. 33 are the metal low-valent oxide states. The dotted circle represents the metal's complete oxide state.

如图31和图32所示,随着反应性气体流量的逐渐增大,在金属区内形成的物质的主要成份为金属,氧化数和氧分压有缓慢增大的趋势;到过渡区内时金属被部分氧化,主要成份为金属低价氧化物,氧化数和氧分压显著增大;而到氧化物区时金属被完全氧化成金属完全氧化物,氧化数和氧分压又呈现缓慢增大的趋势且在反应性气体的流量增大到一定程度之后氧化数和氧分压趋于稳定。As shown in Figures 31 and 32, as the flow rate of the reactive gas gradually increases, the main component of the substance formed in the metal zone is metal, and the oxidation number and oxygen partial pressure tend to increase slowly; when it reaches the transition zone, the metal is partially oxidized, and the main component is metal low-valent oxide, and the oxidation number and oxygen partial pressure increase significantly; and when it reaches the oxide zone, the metal is completely oxidized into metal complete oxide, and the oxidation number and oxygen partial pressure show a trend of slowly increasing, and after the flow rate of the reactive gas increases to a certain extent, the oxidation number and oxygen partial pressure tend to stabilize.

如图33所示,随着反应性气体流量的逐渐增大,在金属区内形成的物质的主要成份仍为金属,因此消光系数较大,吸光性较强而透光性较差;随着反应性气体流量的逐渐增大,金属被逐渐被氧化,当在过渡区内金属被氧化成金属低价氧化物时,其消光系数大幅减小,但仍然具有一定的吸光性,透光性增大;随着反应性气体流量增大到一定程度,金属被完全氧化形成金属完全氧化物,此时消光系数减小到最小值,不再具有吸光性。As shown in Figure 33, as the reactive gas flow rate gradually increases, the main component of the substance formed in the metal zone is still metal, so the extinction coefficient is large, the light absorption is strong and the light transmittance is poor; as the reactive gas flow rate gradually increases, the metal is gradually oxidized, and when the metal is oxidized into a metal low-valent oxide in the transition zone, its extinction coefficient is greatly reduced, but it still has a certain light absorption and the light transmittance increases; as the reactive gas flow rate increases to a certain extent, the metal is completely oxidized to form a metal complete oxide, at which time the extinction coefficient is reduced to the minimum value and it no longer has light absorption.

由此可见,通过控制金属低价氧化物的含氧量可以使其消光系数发生改变,从而使金属低价氧化物对可见光具有不同程度的吸收作用。It can be seen that by controlling the oxygen content of metal suboxides, their extinction coefficients can be changed, so that the metal suboxides have different degrees of absorption of visible light.

为了提高投影图像的对比度,反射层13可以采用波长选择反射层F,那么基于上述分析,可以在波长选择反射层F中采用低价氧化物,使其同时具有波长选择反射性和对入射光线的吸收性,提升投影屏幕的性能。In order to improve the contrast of the projected image, the reflective layer 13 can adopt a wavelength selective reflective layer F. Based on the above analysis, a low-valent oxide can be used in the wavelength selective reflective layer F to make it have both wavelength selective reflectivity and absorption of incident light, thereby improving the performance of the projection screen.

如上所述,波长选择反射层F中的透光介质层133的折射率和厚度之积决定了波长选择反射层所选择反射的波长。在一些实施例中,透光介质层133可以采用TiO2、Nb2O5、ZrO2、Al2O3、ZnO2、SiO2等金属完全氧化物。但是这些金属完全氧化物相对于可见光波段的光是透明的。为了使波长选择反射层F兼具波长选择反射性和吸收性,可以使其透光介质层133中包含低价氧化物。如上所述,可以采用金属低价氧化物来制作透光介质层133,或者也可以在透光介质层133的材料中增加金属低价氧化物,通过控制金属低价氧化物的含氧量,一定程度地降低其透明度。As described above, the product of the refractive index and thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 in the wavelength-selective reflection layer F determines the wavelength selected for reflection by the wavelength-selective reflection layer. In some embodiments, the light-transmitting medium layer 133 may be made of metal complete oxides such as TiO2, Nb2O5, ZrO2, Al2O3, ZnO2, SiO2, etc. However, these metal complete oxides are transparent to light in the visible light band. In order to make the wavelength-selective reflection layer F have both wavelength-selective reflectivity and absorptivity, the light-transmitting medium layer 133 may contain low-valent oxides. As described above, the light-transmitting medium layer 133 may be made of metal low-valent oxides, or metal low-valent oxides may be added to the material of the light-transmitting medium layer 133, and the transparency of the metal low-valent oxides may be reduced to a certain extent by controlling the oxygen content of the metal low-valent oxides.

由此可以使波长选择反射层F既具有波长选择反射性,同时对可见光波段还具有一定的吸光性,可以起到屏蔽环境光的作用,不需要在投影屏幕中再单独设置吸光层,简化投影屏幕的结构,降低生产成本。In this way, the wavelength selective reflection layer F can have both wavelength selective reflection and certain light absorption in the visible light band, which can shield the ambient light. There is no need to set a separate light absorption layer in the projection screen, which simplifies the structure of the projection screen and reduces the production cost.

在一些实施例中,波长选择反射层F中的透光介质层133的材料可以全部采用低价氧化物。In some embodiments, the material of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 in the wavelength-selective reflection layer F may be entirely low-valent oxides.

在一些实施例中,波长选择反射层F中的透光介质层133的材料可以包括低价氧化物和完全氧化物,例如,可以将低价氧化物和完全氧化物可以分层设置。In some embodiments, the material of the light-transmitting medium layer 133 in the wavelength-selective reflective layer F may include low-valent oxides and complete oxides. For example, the low-valent oxides and complete oxides may be layered.

在一些实施例中,透光介质层133可以包括层叠设置的第一介质层和第二介质层;其中,第一介质层可以采用低价氧化物,第二介质层可以采用完全氧化物;或者,第一介质层采用可以完全氧化物,第二介质层可以采用低价氧化物。低价氧化物和完全氧化物的设置顺序不受限制。In some embodiments, the light-transmitting dielectric layer 133 may include a first dielectric layer and a second dielectric layer stacked in layers; wherein the first dielectric layer may be made of a low-valent oxide, and the second dielectric layer may be made of a complete oxide; or, the first dielectric layer may be made of a complete oxide, and the second dielectric layer may be made of a low-valent oxide. The order of the low-valent oxide and the complete oxide is not limited.

波长选择反射层F中的各膜层均可以采用溅射工艺进行制作,在溅射形成透光介质层133时通过控制反应性气体即氧气的流量使金属发生不同程度的氧化反应,当金属被部分氧化时形成金属低价氧化物,当金属被完全氧化时形成金属完全氧化物。反应性溅射形成的膜层对入射光线的吸收能力随着含氧量的增加而降低,因此为了使透光介质层133可以达到合适的吸光效果,需要精细控制反应性气体的流量。Each film layer in the wavelength selective reflection layer F can be manufactured by a sputtering process. When the light-transmitting medium layer 133 is formed by sputtering, the metal is oxidized to different degrees by controlling the flow rate of the reactive gas, i.e., oxygen. When the metal is partially oxidized, a metal low-valent oxide is formed, and when the metal is completely oxidized, a metal complete oxide is formed. The absorption capacity of the film layer formed by reactive sputtering to the incident light decreases with the increase of the oxygen content. Therefore, in order to enable the light-transmitting medium layer 133 to achieve a suitable light absorption effect, the flow rate of the reactive gas needs to be finely controlled.

在具体实施时,透光介质层中的金属低价氧化物可以为Nb2O5-x、TiO2-y或Ta2O5-z中的一种,其中,0<x<5,0<y<2,0<z<5,x、y、z可以为上述范围内的整数或小数,在此不做限定。除上述材料以外,也可以采用其它金属低价氧化物,此处不再一一列举。In a specific implementation, the metal low-valent oxide in the light-transmitting medium layer can be one of Nb2O5-x, TiO2-y or Ta2O5-z, wherein 0<x<5, 0<y<2, 0<z<5, and x, y, and z can be integers or decimals within the above ranges, which are not limited here. In addition to the above materials, other metal low-valent oxides can also be used, which are not listed here one by one.

图34为本申请实施例提供的等离子体发光控制的反应性溅射工艺中成膜速度随反应性气体流量变化的变化曲线。FIG. 34 is a curve showing the change of film forming speed with the reactive gas flow rate in the reactive sputtering process controlled by plasma luminescence provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图34所示,随着反应性气体流量的逐渐增大,在金属区内膜层的主要成份仍为金属,因此成膜速 度较快;随着反应性气体流量的逐渐增大,金属被逐渐被氧化,成膜速度也随之下降;随着反应性气体流量增大到一定程度,金属被完全氧化形成金属完全氧化物,成膜速度进一步下降。As shown in Figure 34, as the reactive gas flow rate gradually increases, the main component of the film layer in the metal area is still metal, so the film formation speed is The rate of film formation is relatively fast; as the reactive gas flow rate gradually increases, the metal is gradually oxidized, and the film formation rate decreases accordingly; as the reactive gas flow rate increases to a certain extent, the metal is completely oxidized to form metal complete oxide, and the film formation rate further decreases.

从图34中可以看出,金属低价氧化物的成膜速度相比于金属完全氧化物的成膜速度会更快,那么如果采用金属低价氧化物作为共振结构的透光介质层可以提高生产率,有利于降低成本。As can be seen from FIG34 , the film-forming speed of metal suboxides is faster than that of metal complete oxides. Therefore, if metal suboxides are used as the light-transmitting medium layer of the resonant structure, productivity can be improved, which is beneficial to reducing costs.

基于同一构思,本申请实施例还提供一种投影系统,如图1所示,投影系统包括:投影设备2和位于投影设备2出光侧的投影屏幕1。Based on the same concept, an embodiment of the present application further provides a projection system, as shown in FIG. 1 , the projection system includes: a projection device 2 and a projection screen 1 located on the light emitting side of the projection device 2 .

图35为本申请实施例提供的投影设备的结构示意图。FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the projection device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图35所示,投影设备包括:光源装置21、照明光路22、光调制部件23和投影镜头24。其中,照明光路22位于光源装置21的出光侧,光调制部件23位于照明光路22的出光侧,投影镜头24位于光调制部件23的出光侧。As shown in FIG35 , the projection device includes: a light source device 21, an illumination light path 22, a light modulation component 23, and a projection lens 24. The illumination light path 22 is located at the light exit side of the light source device 21, the light modulation component 23 is located at the light exit side of the illumination light path 22, and the projection lens 24 is located at the light exit side of the light modulation component 23.

光源装置21可以采用激光光源装置。激光光源装置可以采用单色激光器也可以采用可以出射多种颜色激光的激光器或者多个出射不同颜色激光的激光器。在激光光源装置采用单色激光器时,激光显示装置还需要设置色轮,色轮用于进行色彩转换,单色激光器配合色轮可以实现按照时序出射不同颜色的基色光的目的。在激光光源装置采用可以出射多种颜色激光的激光器时,则需要控制激光光源,按照时序出射不同颜色的激光作为基色光。The light source device 21 can adopt a laser light source device. The laser light source device can adopt a monochromatic laser or a laser that can emit lasers of multiple colors or multiple lasers that emit lasers of different colors. When the laser light source device adopts a monochromatic laser, the laser display device also needs to be provided with a color wheel, which is used for color conversion. The monochromatic laser cooperates with the color wheel to achieve the purpose of emitting primary color lights of different colors in sequence. When the laser light source device adopts a laser that can emit lasers of multiple colors, it is necessary to control the laser light source to emit lasers of different colors as primary color lights in sequence.

在本申请实施例中,光源装置可以采用三色激光光源装置,该三色激光光源装置可以为出射三基色激光的激光器,如MCL激光器等;也可以包括红色激光器、绿色激光器和蓝色激光器分别出射三基色激光。采用三色激光光源装置有利于提高投影图像的色域,具有更好的色彩表现力,可以准确地再现所输入的影像。In the embodiment of the present application, the light source device may adopt a three-color laser light source device, which may be a laser that emits three primary color lasers, such as an MCL laser, etc.; it may also include a red laser, a green laser, and a blue laser that emit three primary color lasers respectively. The use of a three-color laser light source device is conducive to improving the color gamut of the projected image, has better color expression, and can accurately reproduce the input image.

照明光路22位于光源装置21的出光侧,照明光路22一方面对光源装置21的出射光进行准直,另一方面可以使光源装置21的出射光以合适的角度入射到光调制部件23。照明光路22可以包括多个透镜或透镜组,在此不做限定。The illumination optical path 22 is located at the light output side of the light source device 21. The illumination optical path 22 collimates the output light of the light source device 21 and allows the output light of the light source device 21 to be incident on the light modulation component 23 at a suitable angle. The illumination optical path 22 may include multiple lenses or lens groups, which are not limited here.

光调制部件23用于对入射光线进行调制。在一些实施例中,光调制部件23可以采用数字微镜(Digital Micromirror Device,简称DMD)。光调制部件23接收由全反射棱镜P进行全反射之后的入射光线并对入射光线进行调制,并将调制后的光线反射。通过照明光路22后,光束符合DMD所要求的照明尺寸和入射角度。DMD表面包括很多个微小反射镜,每个微小反射镜可单独受驱动进行偏转,通过控制DMD的偏转角度,控制入射到投影镜头24的光线的亮度。The light modulation component 23 is used to modulate the incident light. In some embodiments, the light modulation component 23 can use a digital micromirror (Digital Micromirror Device, DMD for short). The light modulation component 23 receives the incident light after total reflection by the total reflection prism P, modulates the incident light, and reflects the modulated light. After passing through the illumination light path 22, the light beam meets the illumination size and incident angle required by the DMD. The surface of the DMD includes many tiny reflectors, each of which can be driven to deflect individually. By controlling the deflection angle of the DMD, the brightness of the light incident on the projection lens 24 is controlled.

投影镜头24用于对光调制部件23的出射光进行成像,经过投影镜头24的成像之后,对成像进行投影。The projection lens 24 is used to image the output light of the light modulation component 23 , and the image is projected after being imaged by the projection lens 24 .

在本申请实施例中,投影设备2可以采用超短焦投影设备,即投影设备中的投影镜头24采用超短焦投影镜头。采用超短焦投影设备可以大大缩短投影设备2与投影屏幕1之间的距离,在缩短投影距离的同时可以实现大尺寸的图像显示。In the embodiment of the present application, the projection device 2 can use an ultra-short-throw projection device, that is, the projection lens 24 in the projection device uses an ultra-short-throw projection lens. The use of an ultra-short-throw projection device can greatly shorten the distance between the projection device 2 and the projection screen 1, and can achieve large-size image display while shortening the projection distance.

投影屏幕位于投影设备中投影镜头的出光侧。投影屏幕包括表面功能层、菲涅尔透镜层和反射层。投影屏幕可以采用上述任一投影屏幕,可以达到吸收入射的环境光,改善投影屏幕的黑辉度,对入射的投影光线进行选择性反射,而吸收其它波段的光线,以提高投影图像对比度,以及提升投影屏幕增益均匀性等效果。The projection screen is located on the light-emitting side of the projection lens in the projection device. The projection screen includes a surface functional layer, a Fresnel lens layer and a reflective layer. The projection screen can adopt any of the above-mentioned projection screens, which can absorb the incident ambient light, improve the black brightness of the projection screen, selectively reflect the incident projection light, and absorb light of other bands to improve the contrast of the projection image, and enhance the gain uniformity of the projection screen.

本申请实施例的另一方面,提供一种投影屏幕的制作方法,图36为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的制作方法的流程图之一。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for manufacturing a projection screen. FIG. 36 is one of the flow charts of the method for manufacturing a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图36所示,投影屏幕的制作方法,包括:As shown in FIG. 36 , the method for manufacturing a projection screen includes:

S10、制作菲涅尔透镜层;S10, manufacturing a Fresnel lens layer;

S20、在透镜单元的表面上形成波长选择反射层; S20, forming a wavelength selective reflection layer on the surface of the lens unit;

S30、在带有波长选择反射层的菲涅尔透镜层的一侧表面形成表面功能层。S30, forming a surface functional layer on one side surface of the Fresnel lens layer with the wavelength selective reflection layer.

在一些实施例中,菲涅尔透镜层可以采用UV成型工艺形成。可以在表面具有透镜单元形状的模具上涂布紫外线固化树脂,再将基材以设定压力对紫外线固化树脂进行压印,从基材一侧进行UV照射,使紫外线固化树脂固化。紫外线固化树脂一边固化一边与基材紧密接合,因此模具的透镜单元的形状转印至基材,形成菲涅尔透镜层。In some embodiments, the Fresnel lens layer can be formed by a UV molding process. A UV curable resin can be coated on a mold having a lens unit shape on the surface, and then the UV curable resin is pressed against the substrate at a set pressure, and UV irradiation is performed from one side of the substrate to cure the UV curable resin. The UV curable resin is tightly bonded to the substrate while being cured, so that the shape of the lens unit of the mold is transferred to the substrate to form a Fresnel lens layer.

在一些实施例中,还可以通过热成型法制作一体成型的菲涅尔透镜层,采用加热的具有菲涅结构的模具对热塑性材料层进行热成型,由此形成菲涅尔透镜层。In some embodiments, the integrally formed Fresnel lens layer may also be manufactured by a thermoforming method, wherein a heated mold having a Fresnel structure is used to thermoform a thermoplastic material layer, thereby forming the Fresnel lens layer.

经过上述方法制作而成的菲涅尔透镜层的一侧表面具有多个透镜单元,各透镜单元可以为沿径向依次扩张排列的同心圆状。每个透镜单元包括相互连接的透镜面和非透镜面,透镜面倾斜角度使得入射到透镜面表面的反射层的投影光线向观看者一侧反射。The Fresnel lens layer manufactured by the above method has a plurality of lens units on one side of the surface, and each lens unit can be arranged in a concentric circle in a radially expanding manner. Each lens unit includes a lens surface and a non-lens surface connected to each other, and the lens surface is inclined at an angle such that the projection light incident on the reflective layer on the lens surface is reflected toward the viewer.

波长选择反射层可以采用溅射或蒸镀等镀膜工艺进行制作。根据不同的投影屏幕的结构,波长选择反射层中各膜层的制作顺序也不相同。当菲涅尔透镜层的透镜单元面向表面功能层设置时,波长选择反射层的制作顺序为:在菲涅尔透镜层的透镜单元的表面形成反光层;在反光层的表面形成透光介质层;在透光介质层的表面形成半透光层。当菲涅尔透镜层的透镜单元背离表面功能层设置时,波长选择反射层的制作顺序为:在菲涅尔透镜层的透镜单元的表面形成半透光层;在半透光层的表面形成透光介质层;在透光介质层的表面形成反光层。The wavelength selective reflection layer can be manufactured by using a coating process such as sputtering or evaporation. Depending on the structure of the projection screen, the manufacturing order of each film layer in the wavelength selective reflection layer is also different. When the lens unit of the Fresnel lens layer is arranged facing the surface functional layer, the manufacturing order of the wavelength selective reflection layer is as follows: forming a reflective layer on the surface of the lens unit of the Fresnel lens layer; forming a light-transmitting medium layer on the surface of the reflective layer; forming a semi-transmitting layer on the surface of the light-transmitting medium layer. When the lens unit of the Fresnel lens layer is arranged away from the surface functional layer, the manufacturing order of the wavelength selective reflection layer is as follows: forming a semi-transmitting layer on the surface of the lens unit of the Fresnel lens layer; forming a light-transmitting medium layer on the surface of the semi-transmitting layer; forming a reflective layer on the surface of the light-transmitting medium layer.

当采用溅射工艺制作半透光层、反光层和透光介质层时,尤其是制作透光介质层时,本申请实施例对溅射设备进行调整,可以使最终形成在透镜单元的透镜面上的膜层沿垂直于投影屏幕所在平面的厚度随着各同心圆状的透镜单元的半径的增大而增大,而各透镜单元的透镜面上的膜层沿垂直于透镜面的厚度可以相等或近似相等。When a sputtering process is used to produce a semi-transparent layer, a reflective layer and a transparent medium layer, especially when a transparent medium layer is produced, the sputtering equipment is adjusted in the embodiment of the present application so that the thickness of the film layer finally formed on the lens surface of the lens unit along the direction perpendicular to the plane where the projection screen is located increases with the increase of the radius of each concentric lens unit, while the thickness of the film layer on the lens surface of each lens unit along the direction perpendicular to the lens surface can be equal or approximately equal.

图37为相关技术中溅射设备的成膜阴极部分的结构示意图,图38为本申请实施例提供的溅射设备的成膜阴极部分的结构示意图,图39为本申请实施例提供的溅射过程示意图。Figure 37 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the film-forming cathode part of the sputtering device in the related art, Figure 38 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the film-forming cathode part of the sputtering device provided in an embodiment of the present application, and Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of the sputtering process provided in an embodiment of the present application.

其中,图37和图38中的(a)表示溅射设备的俯视结构,(b)表示溅射设备的侧视结构,(c)表示不同位置的膜层厚度。Among them, (a) in Figure 37 and Figure 38 represents the top view structure of the sputtering device, (b) represents the side view structure of the sputtering device, and (c) represents the film layer thickness at different positions.

如图37中的(a)和(b)所示,在相关技术中,溅射设备中的溅射源N的平面和截面均为均匀的结构,将需要镀膜的基材设置在溅射源N的上方,如图37中的(c)所示,基材上不同位置形成的膜层厚度也相等。As shown in (a) and (b) of FIG. 37 , in the related art, the plane and cross-section of the sputtering source N in the sputtering equipment are uniform structures, and the substrate to be coated is arranged above the sputtering source N. As shown in (c) of FIG. 37 , the thickness of the film layer formed at different positions on the substrate is also equal.

本申请实施例为了调整膜层的厚度,如图38所示,在溅射源N的上方设置修正板D,修正板D包括多个子修正板对a,子修正板对a包括两个子修正板,两个子修正板之间具有设定距离的缝隙;各子修正板对a沿第二方向y排列。In order to adjust the thickness of the film layer, in an embodiment of the present application, as shown in Figure 38, a correction plate D is set above the sputtering source N, and the correction plate D includes a plurality of sub-correction plate pairs a. The sub-correction plate pair a includes two sub-correction plates, and a gap of a set distance is provided between the two sub-correction plates; each sub-correction plate pair a is arranged along the second direction y.

如图39所示,在制作菲涅尔透镜层时可以采用柔性材料,由此可以将形成的菲涅尔透镜层卷曲,当溅射形成波长选择反射层的膜层时,可以卷动菲涅尔透镜层,使菲涅尔透镜层12的透镜单元121面向溅射源N设置。在溅射过程中卷动菲涅尔透镜层12,使涅尔结构层12在溅射源N上方沿第一方向x移动。As shown in FIG39 , a flexible material may be used when manufacturing the Fresnel lens layer, so that the formed Fresnel lens layer can be rolled. When the film layer of the wavelength selective reflection layer is formed by sputtering, the Fresnel lens layer can be rolled so that the lens unit 121 of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is disposed facing the sputtering source N. During the sputtering process, the Fresnel lens layer 12 is rolled so that the Fresnel structure layer 12 moves above the sputtering source N along the first direction x.

如图39所示,第一方向x和第二方向y相互垂直,第二方向y垂直于投影屏幕的第一侧边,该第一侧边可以为各同心圆状的透镜单元的圆心靠近的侧边,当投影设备设置于投影屏幕的底部时,第二方向y垂直于上述投影屏幕的底部侧边。本申请实施例中的各子修正板对a沿着第二方向排列,且各子修正板对a的缝隙随着各同心圆状的透镜单元的半径的增大而增大。溅射源在子修正板对a的缝隙越大的位置成膜厚度越大,在子修正板对a的缝隙越小的位置成膜厚度越小,由此可以使形成在透镜单元表面的透光介质层沿垂直于投影屏幕所在平面的厚度从投影屏幕的底部到顶部呈逐渐增大的趋势,那么在各透镜单元的反射面上的透光介质层沿垂直于反射面的厚度可以相等或近似相等,从而使投影屏幕的色度均匀性 更好。As shown in FIG. 39 , the first direction x and the second direction y are perpendicular to each other, and the second direction y is perpendicular to the first side of the projection screen. The first side can be the side to which the centers of the concentric lens units are close. When the projection device is set at the bottom of the projection screen, the second direction y is perpendicular to the bottom side of the projection screen. The sub-correction plate pairs a in the embodiment of the present application are arranged along the second direction, and the gaps of the sub-correction plate pairs a increase with the increase of the radius of the concentric lens units. The film thickness of the sputtering source is greater at the position where the gap of the sub-correction plate pair a is larger, and the film thickness is smaller at the position where the gap of the sub-correction plate pair a is smaller. As a result, the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer formed on the surface of the lens unit along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen can gradually increase from the bottom to the top of the projection screen. Then, the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer on the reflection surface of each lens unit along the plane perpendicular to the reflection surface can be equal or approximately equal, so that the chromaticity uniformity of the projection screen is achieved. better.

在一些实施例中,各子修正板对a的缝隙宽度可以按照对应的透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度进行设置,但是透镜单元的宽度通常在数十微米至数百微米,因此按照这样的尺寸设置子修正板对a的宽度较困难。本申请实施例可以使一个子修正板对a对应多个透镜单元,该子修正板对a的缝隙宽度可以按照所对应的多个透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的平均值进行设置。In some embodiments, the gap width of each pair of sub-correction plates a can be set according to the tilt angle of the lens surface of the corresponding lens unit, but the width of the lens unit is usually tens of microns to hundreds of microns, so it is difficult to set the width of the pair of sub-correction plates a according to such a size. In the embodiment of the present application, one pair of sub-correction plates a can correspond to multiple lens units, and the gap width of the pair of sub-correction plates a can be set according to the average value of the tilt angles of the lens surfaces of the corresponding multiple lens units.

最后,在形成有波长选择反射层的菲涅尔透镜层的一侧形成表面功能层。表面功能层可以具有扩大视角、抗环境光反射、抗天花板反光等效果。且表面功能层可以位于菲涅尔透镜层的不同侧。Finally, a surface functional layer is formed on one side of the Fresnel lens layer having the wavelength selective reflection layer. The surface functional layer can have the effects of expanding the viewing angle, resisting ambient light reflection, resisting ceiling reflection, etc. And the surface functional layer can be located on different sides of the Fresnel lens layer.

在一些实施例中,表面功能层可以位于菲涅尔透镜层的背离透镜单元的一侧,此时表面功能层可以包括基材和形成在基材表面的扩散层,通过将表面功能层的基材与菲涅尔透镜层粘合形成投影屏幕;也可以直接采用含有扩散材料的基材作为表面功能层与菲涅尔透镜层粘合形成投影屏幕;或者,也可以直接在基材的表面进行喷砂处理形成表面功能层,再将基材与菲涅尔透镜层粘合形成投影屏幕,在此不做限定。In some embodiments, the surface functional layer can be located on the side of the Fresnel lens layer away from the lens unit. In this case, the surface functional layer can include a substrate and a diffusion layer formed on the surface of the substrate. The projection screen is formed by bonding the substrate of the surface functional layer to the Fresnel lens layer. Alternatively, a substrate containing a diffusion material can be directly used as the surface functional layer and bonded to the Fresnel lens layer to form a projection screen. Alternatively, the surface of the substrate can be directly sandblasted to form the surface functional layer, and then the substrate and the Fresnel lens layer are bonded to form a projection screen. This is not limited here.

在一些实施例中,表面功能层也可以位于透镜单元表面的波长选择反射层上,此时可以直接在波长选择反射层进行喷砂处理来制作表面功能层,在此不做限定。In some embodiments, the surface functional layer may also be located on the wavelength selective reflection layer on the surface of the lens unit. In this case, the surface functional layer may be manufactured by directly performing sandblasting on the wavelength selective reflection layer, which is not limited here.

如上所述,当投影系统应用于激光电视等应用场景时,投影设备可采用超短焦投影设备,如图40所示,搭配超短焦投影设备使用的投影屏幕中,透镜单元121的圆心O通常不位于投影屏幕内,而是在投影屏幕以外的区域,投影屏幕靠近圆心O的侧边通常为屏幕的底部侧边,随着逐渐远离底部侧边的方向各透镜单元121的半径逐渐增大。如果将投影屏幕面向观众的一侧称为正面,背离观众的一侧称为背面,那么在一些实施例中,各透镜单元121位于投影屏幕的背面,将各透镜结构设置于投影屏幕的背面,可以减少用户接触时造成污染和损坏的风险,确保菲涅尔透镜层的长期可靠性。As described above, when the projection system is applied to application scenarios such as laser TV, the projection device can adopt an ultra-short-throw projection device. As shown in FIG40, in the projection screen used with the ultra-short-throw projection device, the center O of the lens unit 121 is usually not located inside the projection screen, but in an area outside the projection screen. The side of the projection screen close to the center O is usually the bottom side of the screen, and the radius of each lens unit 121 gradually increases as it gradually moves away from the bottom side. If the side of the projection screen facing the audience is called the front side, and the side away from the audience is called the back side, then in some embodiments, each lens unit 121 is located on the back side of the projection screen. Arranging each lens structure on the back side of the projection screen can reduce the risk of contamination and damage caused by user contact and ensure the long-term reliability of the Fresnel lens layer.

以下将以配合超短焦投影设备使用的投影屏幕为例,对投影屏幕的结构以及制作方法进行具体说明。但是本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的制作方法不仅限于制作超短焦投影设备的屏幕,该制作方法同样可以制作短焦、长焦等不同类型的投影设备的屏幕,在具体实施时仅需要将相关参数进行适应性调整。The following will take the projection screen used with the ultra-short-throw projection device as an example to specifically describe the structure and manufacturing method of the projection screen. However, the manufacturing method of the projection screen provided in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to manufacturing the screen of the ultra-short-throw projection device. The manufacturing method can also manufacture screens of different types of projection devices such as short-throw and long-throw. In the specific implementation, only the relevant parameters need to be adaptively adjusted.

图41为沿图2中A-A’方向的截面结构示意图。A-A’方向与投影屏幕沿竖直方向的对称轴重合。本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕为轴对称结构,其对称轴平行于竖直方向。投影屏幕在使用状态下通常设置于墙壁上或悬挂于高处,且投影屏幕的底边平行于水平方向,那么竖直方向为与水平方向相垂直的方向,投影屏幕沿竖直方向的对称轴的延长线经过透镜结构的圆心O。FIG41 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the A-A’ direction in FIG2 . The A-A’ direction coincides with the symmetry axis of the projection screen along the vertical direction. The projection screen provided in the embodiment of the present application is an axisymmetric structure, and its symmetry axis is parallel to the vertical direction. When in use, the projection screen is usually set on a wall or hung at a high place, and the bottom edge of the projection screen is parallel to the horizontal direction, then the vertical direction is a direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction, and the extension line of the symmetry axis of the projection screen along the vertical direction passes through the center O of the lens structure.

如图41所示,投影屏幕中设置有菲涅尔透镜层12,菲涅尔透镜层12的背离投影设备的一侧表面包括多个透镜单元121,在沿图10中A-A’方向的截面中来看,每个透镜单元121的形状类似于三角形,每个透镜单元121均包括相互连接的透镜面x1和非透镜面x2,透镜面x1相对于投影屏幕所在的平面倾斜,非透镜x2面用于连接透镜面x1。各透镜单元121的透镜面x1的倾斜角度均是根据投影光线的入射角度进行设计,其倾斜角度满足投影光线L在入射到透镜面x1表面的反射层13时可以向观众的方向反射。由此可以使更多的投影光线向观众的方向反射,同时减少环境光向观众的方向反射,从而提高投影画面的亮度和对比度。As shown in FIG41 , a Fresnel lens layer 12 is provided in the projection screen. The surface of the Fresnel lens layer 12 on one side facing away from the projection device includes a plurality of lens units 121. In the cross section along the A-A’ direction in FIG10 , the shape of each lens unit 121 is similar to a triangle. Each lens unit 121 includes a lens surface x1 and a non-lens surface x2 connected to each other. The lens surface x1 is inclined relative to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the non-lens surface x2 is used to connect the lens surface x1. The inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 is designed according to the incident angle of the projection light, and the inclination angle satisfies that the projection light L can be reflected in the direction of the audience when it is incident on the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens surface x1. In this way, more projection light can be reflected in the direction of the audience, while reducing the reflection of ambient light in the direction of the audience, thereby improving the brightness and contrast of the projection picture.

在菲涅尔透镜的表面制作反射层时,根据原始设计希望仅在透镜单元的透镜面x1上形成反射层,而不在非透镜面x2上形成反射层。反射层通常采用蒸镀或溅射工艺进行制作,但是目前反射层的制作工艺不仅会形成在透镜单元的透镜面x1上,也无法避免在非透镜面x2上形成反射层,这将导致光线在入射非透镜面x2时也会被产生反射,与原始设计不符。When making a reflective layer on the surface of the Fresnel lens, according to the original design, it is hoped that the reflective layer will be formed only on the lens surface x1 of the lens unit, and not on the non-lens surface x2. The reflective layer is usually made by evaporation or sputtering, but the current reflective layer manufacturing process will not only form a reflective layer on the lens surface x1 of the lens unit, but also on the non-lens surface x2, which will cause light to be reflected when it enters the non-lens surface x2, which is inconsistent with the original design.

有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种投影屏幕的制作方法,图42为本申请实施例提供的投影屏幕的制作方法的流程图之二。 In view of this, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for manufacturing a projection screen. FIG. 42 is a second flowchart of the method for manufacturing a projection screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.

如图42所示,投影屏幕的制作方法包括:As shown in FIG. 42 , the method for making a projection screen includes:

S10、制作菲涅尔透镜层;S10, manufacturing a Fresnel lens layer;

S20、在菲涅尔透镜层的设定位置设置蒸镀源,在多个透镜单元的透镜面上形成反射层;S20, setting an evaporation source at a set position of the Fresnel lens layer to form a reflective layer on lens surfaces of the plurality of lens units;

S30、在菲涅尔透镜层的背离反射层的一侧制作表面功能层。S30, forming a surface functional layer on a side of the Fresnel lens layer facing away from the reflective layer.

本申请实施例以采用蒸镀工艺制作反射层为例进行具体说明,除蒸镀工艺以外,也可以采用溅射或类似的工艺制作反射层。反射层可以采用具有反光性质的金属材料,如铝、银、钛等。除此之外,反射层也可以采用多膜层结构,可以实现对入射光线的选择性反射,从而可以进一步提高投影图像的对比度。The embodiment of the present application takes the use of the evaporation process to make the reflective layer as an example for specific description. In addition to the evaporation process, the reflective layer can also be made by sputtering or similar processes. The reflective layer can be made of a metal material with reflective properties, such as aluminum, silver, titanium, etc. In addition, the reflective layer can also adopt a multi-layer structure, which can achieve selective reflection of the incident light, thereby further improving the contrast of the projected image.

本申请实施例通过对蒸镀源进行结构和位置上的改进,可以使反射层仅形成于透镜单元的透镜面上,避免反射层形成于透镜单元的非透镜面上,以下对投影屏幕的制作过程进行具体说明。By improving the structure and position of the evaporation source in the embodiment of the present application, the reflective layer can be formed only on the lens surface of the lens unit, avoiding the reflective layer from being formed on the non-lens surface of the lens unit. The production process of the projection screen is described in detail below.

菲涅尔透镜层12可以包括基材和位于基材上的透镜单元121,其中,透镜单元121可以利用具有菲涅尔透镜的模具和紫外线固化树脂的UV成型工艺进行制作。The Fresnel lens layer 12 may include a substrate and a lens unit 121 located on the substrate, wherein the lens unit 121 may be manufactured by using a mold having a Fresnel lens and a UV molding process using an ultraviolet curing resin.

在制作透镜单元121表面的反射层13之前,需要对蒸镀源的结构和设置位置进行设计,其设计可以采用多种形式。Before manufacturing the reflective layer 13 on the surface of the lens unit 121, it is necessary to design the structure and the location of the evaporation source, and the design can be in various forms.

图43为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的截面结构示意图;图44为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图之一;图45为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图之二;图46为沿图44中I-I’方向的截面结构示意图。Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; Figure 44 is one of the schematic diagrams of the planar structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; Figure 45 is a second schematic diagram of the planar structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; and Figure 46 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the I-I’ direction in Figure 44.

如图43所示,蒸镀源W设置于菲涅尔透镜层12的具有透镜单元121的一侧,且蒸镀源W与透镜单元121之间相距一定距离,蒸镀源在工作状态下会各向同性地辐射蒸镀材料。As shown in FIG. 43 , the evaporation source W is disposed on a side of the Fresnel lens layer 12 having the lens unit 121 , and there is a certain distance between the evaporation source W and the lens unit 121 . The evaporation source radiates the evaporation material isotropically in a working state.

在一些实施例中,如图44和图45所示,在制作反射层时可以采用至少一个呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源W。如图44所示,蒸镀源W的数量可以为一个,且蒸镀源W的尺寸相对较大,形状为一段圆弧;或者,如图45所示,蒸镀源W的数量为多个,蒸镀源W的尺寸相对较小,这些蒸镀源W排列成一段圆弧。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 44 and 45, at least one evaporation source W arranged in an arc shape may be used when manufacturing the reflective layer. As shown in Figure 44, the number of evaporation sources W may be one, and the size of the evaporation source W is relatively large, and the shape is a section of an arc; or, as shown in Figure 45, the number of evaporation sources W is multiple, the size of the evaporation source W is relatively small, and the evaporation sources W are arranged in a section of an arc.

蒸镀源在蒸镀反射层时会各向同性地辐射蒸镀材料,将呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源W的设置位置满足蒸镀源W的圆心在投影屏幕所在的平面的正投影与透镜单元121的圆心重合,可以使蒸镀材料相对均匀地形成于透镜单元121上。The evaporation source will isotropically radiate the evaporation material when evaporating the reflective layer. The evaporation source W is arranged in an arc shape so that the orthographic projection of the center of the evaporation source W on the plane where the projection screen is located coincides with the center of the lens unit 121, so that the evaporation material can be relatively evenly formed on the lens unit 121.

为了避免蒸镀源W将蒸镀材料形成在透镜单元121的非透镜面x2上,当呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源W的半径大于菲涅尔透镜层中任一透镜单元121的半径时,蒸镀源W只有向圆心O一侧出射的蒸镀材料会入射到透镜单元121透镜面x1上,从而可以避免蒸镀材料入射至透镜单元121的非透镜面x2上。In order to prevent the evaporation source W from forming the evaporation material on the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121, when the radius of the evaporation source W arranged in an arc shape is larger than the radius of any lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer, only the evaporation material emitted from the evaporation source W toward the side of the center O will be incident on the lens surface x1 of the lens unit 121, thereby preventing the evaporation material from being incident on the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121.

图44~图45以蒸镀源W呈一段圆弧设置为例进行示意,在具体实施时,蒸镀源W还可以呈多段圆弧进行设置,此时需要采用多个蒸镀源,在一些实施例中,蒸镀源的尺寸均相对较大,每个蒸镀源的形状均为一段圆弧,多个蒸镀源可以呈多段同心圆弧设置;在一些实施例中,各蒸镀源的尺寸相对较小,这些蒸镀源排列成多段圆弧,每段圆弧均由多个蒸镀源排列形成。44 and 45 illustrate an example in which the evaporation source W is arranged in the form of a circular arc. In a specific implementation, the evaporation source W can also be arranged in the form of multiple circular arcs. In this case, multiple evaporation sources are required. In some embodiments, the size of the evaporation source is relatively large, and the shape of each evaporation source is a circular arc. Multiple evaporation sources can be arranged in the form of multiple concentric circular arcs. In some embodiments, the size of each evaporation source is relatively small. These evaporation sources are arranged in multiple circular arcs, and each circular arc is formed by arranging multiple evaporation sources.

蒸镀源呈多段圆弧进行设置时,各段圆弧可以同心设置,并且每段圆弧的半径均需要大于菲涅尔透镜层中任一透镜单元121的半径。根据这一设计思路,可以确定出呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的最小半径。When the evaporation source is arranged in multiple arcs, each arc can be arranged concentrically, and the radius of each arc needs to be greater than the radius of any lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer. According to this design idea, the minimum radius of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape can be determined.

具体来说,如图46所示,以各透镜单元121的半径由小到大的顺序来看,第m个透镜单元的非透镜面相对于法线tm的倾斜角度为αm,第n个透镜单元的非透镜面相对于法线tn的倾斜角度为αn。在图46所示的截面中,将蒸镀源的最内侧的点P与第m个透镜单元的顶点的连线相对于法线tm的倾斜角度为θm,蒸镀源W与第n个透镜单元的顶点的连线相对于法线tn的倾斜角度为θn;包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点P的平面到透镜单元121的顶点的垂直距离为h,蒸镀源的最内侧的点P到经过第m个透镜单元的顶点的法线tm的距离为Sm,蒸镀源的最内侧的点P到经过第n个透镜单元的顶点的法线tn的距离为SnSpecifically, as shown in FIG46, in the order of the radius of each lens unit 121 from small to large, the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the m-th lens unit relative to the normal tm is αm , and the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the n-th lens unit relative to the normal tn is αn . In the cross section shown in FIG46, the inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point P of the evaporation source and the vertex of the m-th lens unit relative to the normal tm is θm , and the inclination angle of the line connecting the evaporation source W and the vertex of the n-th lens unit relative to the normal tn is θn ; the vertical distance from the plane including the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the vertex of the lens unit 121 is h, the distance from the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the normal tm passing through the vertex of the m-th lens unit is Sm , and the distance from the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the normal tn passing through the vertex of the n-th lens unit is Sn .

其中,法线tm、tn为投影屏幕所在平面的法线,本申请实施例所声称的法线t均垂直于投影屏幕所 在的平面。图46所示的菲涅尔透镜层12包括基材,投影屏幕所在的平面可以与菲涅尔透镜层12的基材所在的平面平行,因此本申请实施例中所声称的投影屏幕所在的平面可以参见图46中的菲涅尔透镜层12所在的平面,以下将投影屏幕所在平面的法线简称为法线。The normal lines tm and tn are normal lines of the plane where the projection screen is located. The normal lines t claimed in the embodiments of the present application are perpendicular to the plane where the projection screen is located. The Fresnel lens layer 12 shown in FIG46 includes a substrate, and the plane where the projection screen is located may be parallel to the plane where the substrate of the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located, so the plane where the projection screen is located claimed in the embodiment of the present application can refer to the plane where the Fresnel lens layer 12 is located in FIG46, and the normal line of the plane where the projection screen is located is referred to as the normal line hereinafter.

如图44所示,从平面结构关系来看,蒸镀源呈圆弧状设置,且呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的圆心在投影屏幕所在的平面的正投影与圆弧状的透镜单元的圆心是重合的,呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的半径会大于所有的圆状的透镜单元的半径。蒸镀源W在出射蒸镀材料时通常是各向同性的辐射,当将蒸镀源W出射蒸镀材料的一面与菲涅尔透镜层12的具有透镜单元121的一侧相对设置时,如图44所示,只有蒸镀源W最内周出射的蒸镀材料可以入射到透镜单元121上。那么在沿半径方向的截面中,如图46所示,蒸镀源的最内侧的点P指在该截面中蒸镀源最靠近圆心O的点,即图46中蒸镀源最右侧的点。从图46可以看出,在沿任一半径方向的截面中,蒸镀源最内侧的点P所出射蒸镀材料入射到透镜单元的顶点时相对于法线的倾斜角通常会小于蒸镀源的其它位置所出射的蒸镀材料入射到同一个透镜单元的顶点时相对于法线的倾斜角,因此以蒸镀源的最内侧的点P与透镜单元121的顶点的连线所形成的最小倾斜角度作为考量。As shown in FIG44, from the perspective of the planar structural relationship, the evaporation source is arranged in an arc shape, and the center of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape is coincident with the center of the arc lens unit in the orthographic projection on the plane where the projection screen is located, and the radius of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape is greater than the radius of all the circular lens units. The evaporation source W usually radiates isotropically when emitting the evaporation material. When the side of the evaporation source W emitting the evaporation material is arranged opposite to the side of the Fresnel lens layer 12 having the lens unit 121, as shown in FIG44, only the evaporation material emitted from the innermost periphery of the evaporation source W can be incident on the lens unit 121. Then, in the cross section along the radial direction, as shown in FIG46, the innermost point P of the evaporation source refers to the point of the evaporation source closest to the center O in the cross section, that is, the rightmost point of the evaporation source in FIG46. It can be seen from Figure 46 that in the cross-section along any radial direction, the inclination angle of the evaporated material emitted from the innermost point P of the evaporation source relative to the normal when it is incident on the vertex of the lens unit is usually smaller than the inclination angle of the evaporated material emitted from other positions of the evaporation source relative to the normal when it is incident on the vertex of the same lens unit. Therefore, the minimum inclination angle formed by the line connecting the innermost point P of the evaporation source and the vertex of the lens unit 121 is taken into consideration.

如图46所示,透镜单元121的顶点是指在任一截面中透镜单元121的透镜面x1与非透镜面x2的靠近蒸镀源W一侧的交点。As shown in FIG. 46 , the vertex of the lens unit 121 refers to an intersection of the lens surface x1 and the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 on the side close to the vapor deposition source W in any cross section.

根据三角函数关系可知:

According to the trigonometric function relationship:

为了使蒸镀源W出射的蒸镀材料不形成于菲涅尔透镜的非透镜面x2上,针对第m个透镜单元需要满足αm<θm,针对第n个透镜单元需要满足αn<θn。那么当蒸镀源W针对每个透镜单元121均满足上述关系时,可以找到呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源W应满足的最小半径R。In order to prevent the evaporation material emitted by the evaporation source W from being formed on the non-lens surface x2 of the Fresnel lens, α mm needs to be satisfied for the m-th lens unit, and α nn needs to be satisfied for the n-th lens unit. Then, when the evaporation source W satisfies the above relationship for each lens unit 121, the minimum radius R that the evaporation source W arranged in an arc shape should satisfy can be found.

图46以采用一个圆弧状的蒸镀源进行示意,且图46所展示的截面为沿投影屏幕的对称轴I-I’方向的截面,当采用更多个圆弧状的蒸镀源或者蒸镀源排列成多段同心设置的圆弧时,每段圆弧沿任一半径方向的截面均满足:
FIG46 is a schematic diagram of using an arc-shaped evaporation source, and the cross section shown in FIG46 is a cross section along the symmetry axis II' direction of the projection screen. When more arc-shaped evaporation sources are used or the evaporation sources are arranged into multiple concentric arcs, the cross section of each arc along any radial direction satisfies:

其中,αi表示沿菲涅尔透镜层的任一半径方向的截面中第i个透镜单元121的非透镜面相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的倾斜角度,θi表示在该截面中的、蒸镀源的最内侧的点与第i个透镜单元121的顶点的连线相对于法线的倾斜角度。Si表示在该截面中的、蒸镀源的最内侧的点到经过第i个透镜单元的顶点的法线的距离,h表示包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面到透镜单元121的顶点的距离。Wherein, α i represents the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the i-th lens unit 121 in a cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located, θ i represents the inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point of the evaporation source and the vertex of the i-th lens unit 121 in the cross section relative to the normal. S i represents the distance from the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section to the normal passing through the vertex of the i-th lens unit, and h represents the distance from the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source to the vertex of the lens unit 121.

其中,法线、在截面中蒸镀源的最内侧的点以及透镜单元的顶点的定义可以参考上述实施例,此处不再赘述。参考图46,包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点P的平面是指经过点P且平行于投影屏幕所在的平面的面。The definitions of the normal line, the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section, and the vertex of the lens unit can refer to the above embodiments and will not be repeated here. Referring to Figure 46, the plane including the innermost point P of the evaporation source refers to the plane passing through point P and parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located.

蒸镀源的位置满足与任一透镜单元的顶点的连线相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的倾斜角度均大于与该透镜单元的非透镜面的倾斜角度,由此当蒸镀源将蒸镀材料向菲涅尔透镜层辐射时,可以避免蒸镀材料入射至各透镜单元的非透镜面上。The position of the evaporation source satisfies that the inclination angle of the line connecting the vertices of any lens unit with respect to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located is greater than the inclination angle with respect to the non-lens surface of the lens unit. Therefore, when the evaporation source radiates the evaporation material to the Fresnel lens layer, the evaporation material can be prevented from being incident on the non-lens surface of each lens unit.

在一些实施例中,菲涅尔透镜层12中的各透镜单元121的透镜面x1相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的 倾斜角度,以及各透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的倾斜角度均可能会有所变化。那么蒸镀源需要根据实际情况进行设置。In some embodiments, the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 is relative to the plane where the projection screen is located. The tilt angle and the tilt angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located may vary. Then the evaporation source needs to be set according to the actual situation.

具体来说,当投影屏幕应用于超短焦投影系统中时,投影设备通常位于投影屏幕的下方,向斜上方出射投影光线到投影屏幕中,如果想要投影光线均向观众的方向反射,那么菲涅尔透镜层12中的各透镜单元121的透镜面x1相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的倾斜角度满足:透镜面x1的倾斜角度随着透镜单元的半径的增大而增大。如图43和图46所示,应用于超短焦投影系统的投影屏幕中,菲涅尔透镜的圆心O位于投影屏幕之外,且在图43和图46所示的截面结构示意图中,距离圆心O越远,透镜单元121的透镜面x1相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的倾斜角度越大。Specifically, when the projection screen is used in an ultra-short-throw projection system, the projection device is usually located below the projection screen, and the projection light is emitted obliquely upward to the projection screen. If the projection light is to be reflected in the direction of the audience, the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 relative to the plane where the projection screen is located satisfies: the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 increases with the increase of the radius of the lens unit. As shown in Figures 43 and 46, in the projection screen used in the ultra-short-throw projection system, the center O of the Fresnel lens is located outside the projection screen, and in the cross-sectional structure schematic diagrams shown in Figures 43 and 46, the farther from the center O, the greater the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of the lens unit 121 relative to the plane where the projection screen is located.

对于各透镜单元121的非透镜面x2来说,其相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的倾斜角度可以随着透镜面x1变化,也可以保持不变。For the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121, its inclination angle relative to the normal line of the plane where the projection screen is located can change with the lens surface x1, or can remain unchanged.

在一些实施例中,如图43所示,各透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线t的倾斜角度均相同,例如,各透镜单元121的非透镜面x1均垂直于投影屏幕所在的平面,即上述公式(1)中αi=0。那么呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源W的位置满足在任一沿半径方向的截面中,蒸镀源W的最内侧的点与该截面中任一透镜单元121的顶点的连接相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的倾斜角度大于0即可,即上述公式(1)中的θi>0。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG43 , the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 has the same inclination angle relative to the normal line t of the plane where the projection screen is located. For example, the non-lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 is perpendicular to the plane where the projection screen is located, that is, α i = 0 in the above formula (1). Then the position of the evaporation source W arranged in an arc shape satisfies that in any cross section along the radial direction, the inclination angle of the connection between the innermost point of the evaporation source W and the vertex of any lens unit 121 in the cross section relative to the normal line of the plane where the projection screen is located is greater than 0, that is, θ i > 0 in the above formula (1).

在一些实施例中,如图46所示,各透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线t的倾斜角度随着透镜单元121的半径的增大而增大,即在图46所示的截面图中αnm。那么针对这种情况设置蒸镀源W时,菲涅尔透镜层12中非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的倾斜角度中的最大值为半径最大的透镜单元的非透镜面的倾斜角度,因此蒸镀源W满足沿菲涅尔透镜层的任一半径方向的截面中蒸镀源最内侧的点与半径最大的透镜单元的顶点的连线相对于法线的倾斜角度大于半径最大的透镜单元的非透镜面相对于法线的倾斜角度即可,上述法线均为投影屏幕所在的平面的法线。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG46 , the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 relative to the normal t of the plane where the projection screen is located increases as the radius of the lens unit 121 increases, that is, α nm in the cross-sectional view shown in FIG46 . Then, when the evaporation source W is set for this situation, the maximum value of the inclination angles of the non-lens surface x2 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located is the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the lens unit with the largest radius. Therefore, the evaporation source W satisfies that the inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point of the evaporation source and the vertex of the lens unit with the largest radius relative to the normal in the cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer is greater than the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the lens unit with the largest radius relative to the normal, and the above normals are all normals to the plane where the projection screen is located.

在具体实施时,蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层之间的距离可以为100mm~1000mm,呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的宽度可以为20mm~300mm,相邻两段圆状的蒸镀源之间的间距可以在300mm以内。举例来说,蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层之间的垂直距离可以为300mm,呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的宽度可以为100mm,相邻两段圆状的蒸镀源之间的间距可以为20mm。In a specific implementation, the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 100 mm to 1000 mm, the width of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape can be 20 mm to 300 mm, and the spacing between two adjacent circular evaporation sources can be within 300 mm. For example, the vertical distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 300 mm, the width of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape can be 100 mm, and the spacing between two adjacent circular evaporation sources can be 20 mm.

图47为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的截面结构示意图之一;图48为本申请实施例提供的挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图;图49为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的截面结构示意图之二;图50为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图之一;图51为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的平面结构示意图之二。Figure 47 is one of the cross-sectional structural schematic diagrams of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; Figure 48 is a planar structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship between the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; Figure 49 is a second cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; Figure 50 is one of the planar structural schematic diagrams of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; Figure 51 is a second planar structural schematic diagram of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.

在一些实施例中,如图47所示,可以在菲涅尔透镜层12的具有多个透镜单元121的一侧的设置蒸镀源W,使蒸镀源W与多个透镜单元121之间相距设定距离;并在蒸镀源W与多个透镜单元121之间设置多个间隔排布的挡板D’,从而使挡板D’阻挡蒸镀源W出射的蒸镀材料形成于透镜单元121的非透镜面x2上。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 47 , a vapor deposition source W may be disposed on one side of the Fresnel lens layer 12 having a plurality of lens units 121, so that a set distance exists between the vapor deposition source W and the plurality of lens units 121; and a plurality of spaced-apart baffles D’ may be disposed between the vapor deposition source W and the plurality of lens units 121, so that the baffles D’ block the vapor deposition material emitted from the vapor deposition source W from being formed on the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121.

具体来说,在蒸镀源W与菲涅尔透镜层12之间设置多个挡板D’,可以阻挡蒸镀源W向透镜单元121的非透镜面x2上出射蒸镀材料。由于透镜单元121的透镜面和非透镜面可能具有不同的倾斜角度,挡板D’通常需要倾斜设置,不同位置的挡板的倾斜角度可以不同。每个挡板的倾斜角度需要根据其附近的蒸镀源出射的蒸镀材料被该挡板D’遮挡之后不形成在对应位置的透镜单元121的非透镜面x上这一标准来进行设置。在一些实施例中,透镜单元121的宽度在微米量级,挡板D’的间隔距离可以为几 十毫米或更大。采用蒸镀源W和挡板D’相互配合的方案可以使蒸镀源W与菲涅尔透镜层12之间的距离不会太大,可以避免蒸镀源W与远端透镜单元由于距离较远而造成的蒸镀不均匀的情况。Specifically, a plurality of baffles D' are provided between the evaporation source W and the Fresnel lens layer 12, which can block the evaporation source W from emitting the evaporation material onto the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121. Since the lens surface and the non-lens surface of the lens unit 121 may have different inclination angles, the baffle D' usually needs to be set at an inclination, and the inclination angles of the baffles at different positions may be different. The inclination angle of each baffle needs to be set according to the standard that the evaporation material emitted by the evaporation source near it is blocked by the baffle D' and is not formed on the non-lens surface x of the lens unit 121 at the corresponding position. In some embodiments, the width of the lens unit 121 is in the micrometer range, and the spacing distance of the baffles D' can be several micrometers. The solution of using the evaporation source W and the baffle D' to cooperate with each other can make the distance between the evaporation source W and the Fresnel lens layer 12 not too large, and can avoid the uneven evaporation caused by the long distance between the evaporation source W and the remote lens unit.

蒸镀源W可以呈圆弧状设置,相应地,挡板D’的形状为圆锥面的一部分,如图48所示,为挡板D’的平面结构,在平面结构中挡板D’的整体轮廓为圆弧状。在立体结构的角度来看,挡板D’所在的圆锥面的顶点在投影屏幕所在的平面的正投影与透镜单元121的圆心重合。The evaporation source W can be arranged in an arc shape, and accordingly, the shape of the baffle D' is a part of a conical surface, as shown in FIG48, which is a planar structure of the baffle D', and the overall contour of the baffle D' in the planar structure is an arc shape. From the perspective of the three-dimensional structure, the orthographic projection of the vertex of the conical surface where the baffle D' is located on the plane where the projection screen is located coincides with the center of the lens unit 121.

在一些实施例中,如图47所示,蒸镀源W可以为具有相对较大宽度,此时只需要设置一个蒸镀源W,该蒸镀源W可以对应多个挡板D’设置,由此可以减少蒸镀源W的使用数量。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 47 , the evaporation source W may have a relatively large width. In this case, only one evaporation source W needs to be set up. The evaporation source W may correspond to a plurality of baffles D’, thereby reducing the number of evaporation sources W used.

在一些实施例中,如图49所示,蒸镀源W可以具有相对较小的宽度,且数量为多个,此时,可以在每相邻的两个蒸镀源W之间设置一个挡板D’,由此可以对蒸镀源和挡板进行更加精细的设计。在一些实施例中,如图50和图51所示,蒸镀源W可以呈多段圆弧进行设置。参见图50,蒸镀源W的数量可以为多个,每个蒸镀源W的形状均为一段圆弧,各圆弧状的蒸镀源W可以同心设置。或者,参见图51,蒸镀源W的数量可以为多个,且各蒸镀源W之间离散设置,这些蒸镀源W分散排列成多段同心设置的圆弧,每段圆弧均由多个蒸镀源排列形成。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 49 , the evaporation source W may have a relatively small width and a plurality of evaporation sources. In this case, a baffle D 'may be provided between each two adjacent evaporation sources W, thereby enabling a more sophisticated design of the evaporation source and the baffle. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 50 and FIG. 51 , the evaporation source W may be provided in a plurality of arcs. Referring to FIG. 50 , the number of evaporation sources W may be multiple, each evaporation source W is in the shape of an arc, and each arc-shaped evaporation source W may be concentrically arranged. Alternatively, referring to FIG. 51 , the number of evaporation sources W may be multiple, and each evaporation source W is discretely arranged, and these evaporation sources W are dispersedly arranged into a plurality of concentrically arranged arcs, and each arc is formed by the arrangement of a plurality of evaporation sources.

为了阻挡蒸镀材料形成于各透镜单元121的非透镜面x2上,挡板D’具有一定的倾斜角度,下面对挡板所满足的倾斜角度进行具体说明。In order to prevent the evaporated material from being formed on the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121, the baffle D' has a certain inclination angle. The inclination angle satisfied by the baffle is specifically described below.

图52为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板与菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系的截面结构示意图之三。图52示出了沿图50中I-I’方向的截面结构,如图52所示,透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线t的倾斜角度为α,在图52所示的截面中,蒸镀源的最内侧的点P与其所对应的挡板D’的靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的连线相对于法线t的倾斜角度为θ,在图52所示的截面中,蒸镀源的最内侧的点P到经过挡板D’的靠近菲涅尔层一侧的边缘的法线的垂直距离为S1,包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面到挡板D’的靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的距离为h1FIG52 is a third schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the positional relationship between the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application. FIG52 shows the cross-sectional structure along the I-I' direction in FIG50. As shown in FIG52, the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal t of the plane where the projection screen is located is α. In the cross section shown in FIG52, the inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point P of the evaporation source and the edge of the baffle D' corresponding thereto close to the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal t is θ. In the cross section shown in FIG52, the vertical distance from the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the normal passing through the edge of the baffle D' close to the Fresnel layer is S1 , and the distance from the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source to the edge of the baffle D' close to the Fresnel lens layer is h1 .

其中,法线、在截面中蒸镀源的最内侧的点以及包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面的定义可以参考上述实施例,此处不再赘述。The definitions of the normal line, the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section, and the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source may refer to the above embodiments and will not be repeated here.

根据三角函数关系可知:
According to the trigonometric function relationship:

其中,挡板D’的作用是阻挡蒸镀材料入射至透镜单元121的非透镜面x2上,因此挡板通常会向透镜单元121的圆心O一侧倾斜,那么为了使挡板D’可以阻挡蒸镀源W向透镜单元121的非透镜面x2出射蒸镀材料,需要使沿菲涅尔透镜层的任一半径方向的截面中的、任一蒸镀源的最内侧的点到其对应的挡板的靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的连线相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的最小倾斜角度可以大于透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于法线的最大倾斜角度。Among them, the function of the baffle D’ is to block the evaporated material from being incident on the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121, so the baffle is usually inclined toward the center O of the lens unit 121. Then, in order to enable the baffle D’ to block the evaporation source W from emitting the evaporated material to the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121, it is necessary to make the minimum inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point of any evaporation source in the cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer to the edge of the corresponding baffle close to the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located be greater than the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal.

图52以沿投影屏幕的对称轴I-I’方向的截面进行示意,在设置挡板的倾斜角度时,需要使沿菲涅尔透镜层的任一半径方向的截面中挡板的倾斜角度均满足:
FIG52 illustrates a cross section along the symmetry axis II' direction of the projection screen. When setting the inclination angle of the baffle, it is necessary to ensure that the inclination angle of the baffle in the cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer satisfies:

其中,αmax表示沿菲涅尔透镜层的任一半径方向的截面中透镜单元的非透镜面相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的最大倾斜角度,θ表示在该截面中的、蒸镀源的最内侧的点与挡板的靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的连接线相对于法线的最小倾斜角度,S1表示在该截面中的、蒸镀源的最内侧的点到经过挡板的靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的法线的距离,h1表示包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面到挡板 的靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的距离。Wherein, α max represents the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the lens unit in a cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located, θ represents the minimum inclination angle of the connecting line between the innermost point of the evaporation source and the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer in the cross section relative to the normal, S 1 represents the distance from the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section to the normal of the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer, and h 1 represents the distance from the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source to the baffle plate. The distance from the edge of the Fresnel lens layer to the side close to the Fresnel lens layer.

其中,法线、在截面中蒸镀源的最内侧的点以及包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面的定义可以参考上述实施例,此处不再赘述。The definitions of the normal line, the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section, and the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source may refer to the above embodiments and will not be repeated here.

如上所述,菲涅尔透镜层12中的各透镜单元121的透镜面x1相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的倾斜角度,以及各透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的倾斜角度均可能会有所变化。仍以应用于超短焦投影系统的投影屏幕为例,菲涅尔透镜层12中的各透镜单元121的透镜面x1相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的倾斜角度随着透镜单元121的半径的增大而增大。对于各透镜单元121的非透镜面x2来说,其相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的倾斜角度可以随着透镜面x1变化,也可以保持不变。As described above, the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 relative to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located may vary. Still taking the projection screen used in the ultra-short-throw projection system as an example, the inclination angle of the lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 in the Fresnel lens layer 12 relative to the plane where the projection screen is located increases with the increase of the radius of the lens unit 121. For the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121, its inclination angle relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located may change with the lens surface x1, or may remain unchanged.

在一些实施例中,如图49所示,各透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线t的倾斜角度均相同,例如,各透镜单元121的非透镜面x1均垂直于投影屏幕所在的平面,即上述公式(2)中α=0。那么对于这种情况来说,位于蒸镀源W与菲涅尔透镜层12之间的各挡板D’的倾斜角度可以相同,各挡板D’之间相互平行。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG49 , the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 has the same inclination angle relative to the normal line t of the plane where the projection screen is located. For example, the non-lens surface x1 of each lens unit 121 is perpendicular to the plane where the projection screen is located, that is, α in the above formula (2) = 0. In this case, the inclination angles of the baffles D' located between the evaporation source W and the Fresnel lens layer 12 can be the same, and the baffles D' are parallel to each other.

在一些实施例中,如图52所示,各透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线t的倾斜角度随着透镜单元121的半径的增大而增大,即透镜单元121的半径越大,则该透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于法线的倾斜角度越大。那么针对这种情况,挡板D’的倾斜角度则需要针对其所对应的透镜单元121来进行设置。而透镜单元121的宽度通常在微米量级,而挡板D’的宽度通常在毫米量级,因此一个挡板D’会对应多个透镜单元121,那么根据上述公式(2),挡板D’靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘与其对应的蒸镀源的最内侧的点的连线相对于法线的角度需要大于该挡板D’所对应的各透镜单元121中非透镜面x2相对于法线的最大角度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 52 , the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 relative to the normal t of the plane where the projection screen is located increases as the radius of the lens unit 121 increases, that is, the larger the radius of the lens unit 121, the larger the inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal. In this case, the inclination angle of the baffle D’ needs to be set according to the lens unit 121 to which it corresponds. The width of the lens unit 121 is usually in the micrometer order, while the width of the baffle D’ is usually in the millimeter order. Therefore, one baffle D’ corresponds to multiple lens units 121. According to the above formula (2), the angle of the line connecting the edge of the baffle D’ close to the Fresnel lens layer and the innermost point of the corresponding evaporation source relative to the normal needs to be greater than the maximum angle of the non-lens surface x2 of each lens unit 121 corresponding to the baffle D’ relative to the normal.

在具体实施时,蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层之间的距离可以为20mm~200mm,蒸镀源靠近挡板远离菲涅尔透镜层的一侧设置,挡板的宽度可以为100mm~500mm,相邻的挡板之间的间距可以为50mm~200mm。举例来说,蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层之间的距离可以为100mm,挡板的宽度可以为200mm,相邻的挡板之间的间距可以为100mm。In a specific implementation, the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 20 mm to 200 mm, the evaporation source is arranged close to the side of the baffle away from the Fresnel lens layer, the width of the baffle can be 100 mm to 500 mm, and the spacing between adjacent baffles can be 50 mm to 200 mm. For example, the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 100 mm, the width of the baffle can be 200 mm, and the spacing between adjacent baffles can be 100 mm.

图53为沿图40中B-B’方向的截面结构示意图;图54为沿图53所示的截面中蒸镀源、挡板和菲涅尔透镜层的位置关系示意图。其中,图40中的B-B’方向与A-A’方向相互平行,即均与投影屏幕沿竖直方向的对称轴I-I’平行。Fig. 53 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the B-B' direction in Fig. 40; Fig. 54 is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship of the evaporation source, the baffle and the Fresnel lens layer along the cross section shown in Fig. 53. The B-B' direction and the A-A' direction in Fig. 40 are parallel to each other, that is, they are both parallel to the symmetry axis I-I' of the projection screen along the vertical direction.

在一些实施例中,如图53和图54所示,可以在菲涅尔透镜层12的具有多个透镜单元121的一侧的设置蒸镀源W,使蒸镀源W与多个透镜单元121之间相距设定距离;并在蒸镀源W与多个透镜单元121之间设置多个间隔排布的挡板D’,从而使挡板D’阻挡蒸镀源W出射的蒸镀材料形成于透镜单元121的非透镜面x2上。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 53 and 54, a vapor deposition source W can be set on one side of the Fresnel lens layer 12 having multiple lens units 121, so that the vapor deposition source W and the multiple lens units 121 are at a set distance; and a plurality of spaced-apart baffles D’ are set between the vapor deposition source W and the multiple lens units 121, so that the baffles D’ block the vapor deposition material emitted by the vapor deposition source W from forming on the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121.

与图54所示的实施例的不同之处在于,图54所示截面为沿图40中B-B’方向的截面,当沿着平行于图40中B-B’方向对菲涅尔透镜层截取平所有的截面时,透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线t的倾斜角度α'的大小会有所变化,如果在某一截面中找到透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的最大倾斜角度αmax',那么挡板D’与其对应的蒸镀源W的位置关系可以满足:
The difference from the embodiment shown in FIG. 54 is that the cross section shown in FIG. 54 is a cross section along the BB' direction in FIG. 40. When all cross sections of the Fresnel lens layer are cut along the BB' direction parallel to FIG. 40, the size of the inclination angle α' of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal t of the plane where the projection screen is located will vary. If the maximum inclination angle α max ' of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located is found in a certain cross section, then the positional relationship between the baffle D' and its corresponding evaporation source W can satisfy:

其中,如图54所示,αmax'表示菲涅尔透镜层12沿平行于B-B’方向的所有截面中所获取到的透镜单元121的非透镜面x2相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的最大倾斜角度,θ’表示在该截面中的、蒸 镀源的最内侧的点P与对应的挡板D’的靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的连接线相对于法线t的最小倾斜角度,S1'表示在该截面中的、蒸镀源的最内侧的点P到经过挡板D’的靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的法线t的距离,h1'表示包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点P的平面到挡板的靠近菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的距离。As shown in FIG54, α max ' represents the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 obtained in all cross sections of the Fresnel lens layer 12 along the direction parallel to BB' relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located, and θ' represents the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface x2 of the lens unit 121 obtained in all cross sections of the Fresnel lens layer 12 along the direction parallel to BB'. The minimum inclination angle of the connecting line between the innermost point P of the evaporation source and the edge of the corresponding baffle D' close to the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal t, S 1 ' represents the distance from the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the normal t passing through the edge of the baffle D' close to the Fresnel lens layer in the cross section, and h 1 ' represents the distance from the plane including the innermost point P of the evaporation source to the edge of the baffle D' close to the Fresnel lens layer.

其中,法线为投影屏幕所在的平面的法线。蒸镀源的最内侧的点是指在上述截面中的、蒸镀源最远离对应的挡板一侧的点,例如,在图54中蒸镀源W的左侧更靠近挡板D’,蒸镀源的右侧更远离挡板,因此在图54中蒸镀源的最内侧的点是指蒸镀源最右侧的点。包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点P的平面是指经过点P且平行于投影屏幕所在的平面的面。The normal line is the normal line of the plane where the projection screen is located. The innermost point of the evaporation source refers to the point on the side of the corresponding baffle that the evaporation source is farthest from in the above cross section. For example, in FIG54 , the left side of the evaporation source W is closer to the baffle D', and the right side of the evaporation source is farther from the baffle. Therefore, the innermost point of the evaporation source in FIG54 refers to the rightmost point of the evaporation source. The plane including the innermost point P of the evaporation source refers to the plane passing through point P and parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located.

当挡板D’与对应的蒸镀源W之间的位置关系满足上述公式(3)时,可以简化挡板D’和蒸镀源W的结构。具体来说,图55为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板和菲涅尔透镜层的平面结构示意图之三;图56为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板和菲涅尔透镜层的平面结构示意图之四。When the positional relationship between the baffle D' and the corresponding evaporation source W satisfies the above formula (3), the structures of the baffle D' and the evaporation source W can be simplified. Specifically, FIG. 55 is a third schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, the baffle, and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 56 is a fourth schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, the baffle, and the Fresnel lens layer provided in an embodiment of the present application.

此时,如图55所示,可以将蒸镀源W设置为沿第一方向x延伸的条状,将挡板D’设置为沿第一方向x延伸的条状且挡板D’不再是圆锥面这样复杂的结构,而是设置成平面。At this time, as shown in Figure 55, the evaporation source W can be set to a strip extending along the first direction x, and the baffle D’ can be set to a strip extending along the first direction x, and the baffle D’ is no longer a complex structure such as a conical surface, but is set to a plane.

其中,第一方向x平行于投影屏幕所在的平面且垂直于投影屏幕的沿竖直方向的对称轴I-I’。The first direction x is parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located and perpendicular to the symmetry axis I-I' of the projection screen along the vertical direction.

由此可以在避免蒸镀材料形成于透镜单元的非透镜面的同时简化蒸镀源和挡板的结构。This can simplify the structures of the vapor deposition source and the baffle while preventing the vapor deposition material from being formed on the non-lens surface of the lens unit.

进一步地,如图56所示,若在蒸镀的同时使菲涅尔透镜层沿着第一方向x移动,则可以实现在透镜单元的透镜面上连接成膜,由此提高反射层的生产率。如果配合卷对卷工艺可以进一步提高投影屏幕的生产率。Furthermore, as shown in Fig. 56, if the Fresnel lens layer is moved along the first direction x during evaporation, a film can be formed on the lens surface of the lens unit, thereby improving the productivity of the reflective layer. If combined with a roll-to-roll process, the productivity of the projection screen can be further improved.

在具体实施时,蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层之间的距离可以为20mm~200mm,蒸镀源靠近挡板远离菲涅尔透镜层的一侧设置,挡板的宽度可以为100mm~500mm,相邻的挡板之间的间距可以为50mm~500mm。举例来说,蒸镀源与菲涅尔透镜层之间的距离可以为100mm,挡板的宽度可以为200mm,相邻的挡板之间的间距可以为100mm。In a specific implementation, the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 20 mm to 200 mm, the evaporation source is arranged close to the side of the baffle away from the Fresnel lens layer, the width of the baffle can be 100 mm to 500 mm, and the spacing between adjacent baffles can be 50 mm to 500 mm. For example, the distance between the evaporation source and the Fresnel lens layer can be 100 mm, the width of the baffle can be 200 mm, and the spacing between adjacent baffles can be 100 mm.

根据同一构思,当投影屏幕中的功能层不再采用菲涅尔透镜,而是由多个沿上述第一方向延伸,沿投影屏幕沿竖直方向的对称轴I-I’方向排列的透镜结构层,也可以应用上述实施例中的蒸镀源以及挡板的结构。According to the same concept, when the functional layer in the projection screen no longer uses Fresnel lenses, but is composed of multiple lens structure layers extending along the above-mentioned first direction and arranged along the symmetry axis I-I’ direction along the vertical direction of the projection screen, the structure of the evaporation source and baffle in the above-mentioned embodiment can also be applied.

具体来说,图57为本申请实施例提供的蒸镀源、挡板和透镜结构层的平面结构示意图。如图57所示,投影屏幕中具有透镜结构层12’,该透镜结构层12’包括多个透镜单元121’,这些透镜单元121’均为沿第一方向x延伸的条状,沿各透镜单元121’沿投影屏幕的对称轴I-I’的方向排列。其中,第一方向x平行于投影屏幕所在的平面,且第一方向x与投影屏幕沿竖直方向的对称轴I-I’相互垂直。同样地,透镜单元121’包括相互连接的透镜面和非透镜面,其中透镜面相对于投影屏幕所在的平面倾斜设置,非透镜面用于连接透镜面使透镜面相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的倾斜角度满足入射到该透镜面上的反射层的投影光线可以向观众所在的方向反射。Specifically, FIG. 57 is a schematic diagram of the planar structure of the evaporation source, baffle and lens structure layer provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 57 , the projection screen has a lens structure layer 12 ', and the lens structure layer 12 ' includes a plurality of lens units 121 ', and these lens units 121 ' are all strips extending along the first direction x, and are arranged along the direction of the symmetry axis I-I ' of the projection screen along each lens unit 121 '. Among them, the first direction x is parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the first direction x is perpendicular to the symmetry axis I-I ' of the projection screen along the vertical direction. Similarly, the lens unit 121 ' includes a lens surface and a non-lens surface connected to each other, wherein the lens surface is tilted relative to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the non-lens surface is used to connect the lens surface so that the inclination angle of the lens surface relative to the plane where the projection screen is located satisfies that the projection light incident on the reflective layer on the lens surface can be reflected in the direction where the audience is located.

对于满足上述透镜单元121’的透镜结构层12’来说,蒸镀源W和挡板D’均可以采用沿第一方向x延伸的条状,且挡板D’为平面。透镜结构层12’、蒸镀源W和挡板D’的结构均得到简化。For the lens structure layer 12' that meets the above-mentioned lens unit 121', the evaporation source W and the baffle D' can both be in the shape of strips extending along the first direction x, and the baffle D' is a plane. The structures of the lens structure layer 12', the evaporation source W and the baffle D' are all simplified.

当沿着平行于图57中的I-I’方向对透镜结构层12’截取所有的截面时,其获得的截面结构与沿图57中I-I’方向截取得到的截面结构相同。因此挡板D’与其对应的蒸镀源W应满足的位置关系与上述公式(2)相同,由此可以避免蒸镀源W出射的蒸镀材料形成于透镜单元121’的非透镜面上。When all cross sections of the lens structure layer 12' are cut along the direction parallel to I-I' in FIG57, the cross-sectional structure obtained is the same as the cross-sectional structure obtained along the direction I-I' in FIG57. Therefore, the positional relationship that the baffle D' and its corresponding evaporation source W should satisfy is the same as the above formula (2), thereby preventing the evaporation material emitted by the evaporation source W from being formed on the non-lens surface of the lens unit 121'.

当该投影屏幕应用于超短焦投影系统中时,透镜结构层12’中的各透镜单元121’的透镜面相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的倾斜角度随着透镜单元121’距离投影屏幕的底边的距离的增大而增大,如图57所示,投影屏幕的底边为图57中的下侧边。如果各透镜单元121’的非透镜面相对于投影屏幕所在的平面 的法线的倾斜角度均相同,例如,各透镜单元121’的非透镜面均垂直于投影屏幕所在的平面设置时,那么位于蒸镀源W与功能层12’之间的各挡板D’的倾斜角度可以相同,各挡板D’之间相互平行。如果各透镜单元121’的非透镜面相对于投影屏幕所在的平面的法线的倾斜角度随着透镜单元121’与投影屏幕的底边的距离的增大而增大,那么挡板D’的倾斜角度则需要针对其所对应的透镜单元121’来进行设置,各挡板D’之间不再是平行关系。When the projection screen is used in an ultra-short-throw projection system, the inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit 121' in the lens structure layer 12' relative to the plane where the projection screen is located increases as the distance between the lens unit 121' and the bottom edge of the projection screen increases. As shown in FIG57, the bottom edge of the projection screen is the lower side in FIG57. The inclination angles of the normals of the projection screen are the same. For example, when the non-lens surfaces of the lens units 121' are perpendicular to the plane where the projection screen is located, the inclination angles of the baffles D' located between the evaporation source W and the functional layer 12' can be the same, and the baffles D' are parallel to each other. If the inclination angles of the non-lens surfaces of the lens units 121' relative to the normals of the plane where the projection screen is located increase with the increase of the distance between the lens unit 121' and the bottom edge of the projection screen, then the inclination angles of the baffles D' need to be set for the corresponding lens units 121', and the baffles D' are no longer parallel to each other.

在一些实施例中,反射层可以采用单层结构也可以采用多层复合结构。当反射层为单层结构时,可以采用上述任一方法在透镜单元的透镜面蒸镀反光性金属材料。当反射层为多层复合结构时,则可以实现对特定波段光线的选择性反射,从而进一步提高投影图像的对比度。In some embodiments, the reflective layer can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer composite structure. When the reflective layer is a single-layer structure, any of the above methods can be used to evaporate the reflective metal material on the lens surface of the lens unit. When the reflective layer is a multi-layer composite structure, it can achieve selective reflection of light in a specific wavelength band, thereby further improving the contrast of the projected image.

最后,在制作完成反射层之后,还可以制作表面功能层。表面功位于投影屏幕的最表面侧,即最靠近观众的一侧,表面功能层起到对投影屏幕进行保护的作用,除此之外,表面功能层还可以根据不同需要进行多种手段的处理,以达到扩大视角、抗环境光反射、抗天花板反光等效果。 Finally, after the reflective layer is made, the surface functional layer can also be made. The surface functional layer is located on the outermost side of the projection screen, that is, the side closest to the audience. The surface functional layer plays a role in protecting the projection screen. In addition, the surface functional layer can also be processed in a variety of ways according to different needs to achieve the effects of expanding the viewing angle, resisting ambient light reflection, and resisting ceiling reflection.

Claims (30)

一种投影屏幕,包括:A projection screen, comprising: 表面功能层;Surface functional layer; 菲涅尔透镜层,位于所述表面功能层的一侧;所述菲涅尔透镜层包括多组透镜单元,所述多组透镜单元呈沿径向依次扩张排列的同心圆状;所述透镜单元包括相对于所述表面功能层所在平面倾斜设置的透镜面;及A Fresnel lens layer is located on one side of the surface functional layer; the Fresnel lens layer includes a plurality of lens units, the plurality of lens units are arranged in concentric circles that expand in sequence along the radial direction; the lens unit includes a lens surface that is tilted relative to the plane where the surface functional layer is located; and 反射层,至少覆盖于所述透镜单元的倾斜面上;A reflective layer, at least covering the inclined surface of the lens unit; 各所述透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度满足将投影设备出射到该透镜面上的反射层的光线向观看者的方向反射;The inclination angle of the lens surface of each lens unit is sufficient to reflect the light emitted by the projection device to the reflective layer on the lens surface toward the viewer; 各所述透镜单元呈轴对称分布,各所述透镜单元的对称轴垂直于水平方向,所述透镜单元的圆心位于所述对称轴所在的直线上;所述多组透镜单元中的至少一个透镜单元的透镜面在第一位置处的倾斜角度大于在第二位置处的倾斜角度,所述第一位置到所述对称轴的距离大于所述第二位置到所述对称轴的距离。The lens units are axially symmetrically distributed, the symmetry axis of each lens unit is perpendicular to the horizontal direction, and the center of the lens unit is located on the straight line where the symmetry axis is located; the inclination angle of the lens surface of at least one lens unit in the multiple groups of lens units at the first position is greater than the inclination angle at the second position, and the distance from the first position to the symmetry axis is greater than the distance from the second position to the symmetry axis. 如权利要求1所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述投影屏幕包括的各所述透镜单元的圆心不位于所述投影屏幕中,所述投影屏幕包括的所有的透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度均随着所述透镜面到所述对称轴的垂直距离的增大而增大。The projection screen as claimed in claim 1, wherein the center of each of the lens units included in the projection screen is not located in the projection screen, and the inclination angles of the lens surfaces of all the lens units included in the projection screen increase with the increase of the vertical distance from the lens surface to the symmetry axis. 如权利要求2所述的投影屏幕,其中,同一个所述透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化满足正弦函数。The projection screen according to claim 2, wherein the variation of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the same lens unit satisfies a sine function. 如权利要求3所述的投影屏幕,其中,各所述透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度沿径向随着所述透镜单元的半径的增大而增大。The projection screen according to claim 3, wherein the inclination angle of the lens surface of each of the lens units increases along the radial direction as the radius of the lens unit increases. 如权利要求4所述的投影屏幕,其中,各所述透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度所满足的正弦函数的振幅随着所述透镜单元的半径的增大而增大。The projection screen according to claim 4, wherein the amplitude of the sine function satisfied by the inclination angle of the lens surface of each of the lens units increases as the radius of the lens unit increases. 如权利要求5所述的投影屏幕,其中,同一个所述透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化量大于0且小于或等于2.25°。The projection screen according to claim 5, wherein the variation of the inclination angle of the lens surface of the same lens unit is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 2.25°. 如权利要求6所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度的变化量随着所述投影屏幕尺寸的增大而增大。The projection screen of claim 6, wherein the amount of change in the inclination angle of the lens surface of the lens unit increases as the size of the projection screen increases. 如权利要求1所述的投影屏幕,其中,同一个所述透镜单元的透镜面关于所述对称轴相互对称的位置处的倾斜角度相等。The projection screen according to claim 1, wherein the inclination angles of the lens surfaces of the same lens unit at positions symmetrical to each other about the symmetry axis are equal. 如权利要求1所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述反射层为波长选择反射层,所述波长选择反射层对投影设备出射的投影光线的反射率大于其它波段的光线的反射率;The projection screen according to claim 1, wherein the reflection layer is a wavelength selective reflection layer, and the reflectivity of the wavelength selective reflection layer to the projection light emitted by the projection device is greater than the reflectivity of light in other wavelength bands; 所述波长选择反射层沿垂直于所述透镜面的厚度相等。The wavelength selective reflection layer has an equal thickness along a direction perpendicular to the lens surface. 如权利要求9所述的投影屏幕,其中,各所述透镜单元的透镜面的倾斜角度沿径向随着所述透镜单元的半径的增大而增大;The projection screen according to claim 9, wherein the inclination angle of the lens surface of each of the lens units increases along the radial direction as the radius of the lens unit increases; 所述波长选择反射层沿垂直于所述投影屏幕所在平面的厚度随着所述透镜单元的半径的增大而增大。The thickness of the wavelength selective reflection layer along a plane perpendicular to the projection screen increases as the radius of the lens unit increases. 如权利要求1所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述投影屏幕中的任一透光性膜层中包含低价氧化物;所述低价氧化物用于降低对可见光波段的透过率。The projection screen as claimed in claim 1, wherein any light-transmitting film layer in the projection screen contains a low-valent oxide; the low-valent oxide is used to reduce the transmittance in the visible light band. 如权利要求11所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述低价氧化物为金属低价氧化物;The projection screen of claim 11, wherein the suboxide is a metal suboxide; 所述低价氧化物对可见光波段的吸收能力随着含氧量的增加而降低。 The absorption capacity of the low-valent oxide to the visible light band decreases with the increase of oxygen content. 如权利要求11所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述反射层为波长选择反射层,所述波长选择反射层对投影设备出射的投影光线的反射率大于其它波段的光线的反射率;The projection screen according to claim 11, wherein the reflection layer is a wavelength selective reflection layer, and the reflectivity of the wavelength selective reflection layer to the projection light emitted by the projection device is greater than the reflectivity of light in other wavelength bands; 所述波长选择反射层包括:The wavelength selective reflection layer comprises: 反光层;及Reflective layer; and 至少一个膜层组,位于所述反光层的面向所述表面功能层的一侧;各所述膜层组堆叠设置;At least one film layer group is located on a side of the reflective layer facing the surface functional layer; the film layer groups are stacked; 其中,所述膜层组包括:Wherein, the film layer group comprises: 半透光层,位于靠近所述表面功能层的一侧;及a semi-transmissive layer, located on a side close to the surface functional layer; and 透光介质层,位于所述半透光层和所述反光层之间;所述透光介质层的折射率和厚度之积满足使所述投影设备的出射光线产生共振的条件。The light-transmitting medium layer is located between the semi-transmitting layer and the reflective layer; the product of the refractive index and the thickness of the light-transmitting medium layer satisfies the condition for causing the outgoing light of the projection device to resonate. 如权利要求13所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述透光介质层包含所述低价氧化物。The projection screen of claim 13, wherein the light-transmitting medium layer comprises the subvalent oxide. 如权利要求13所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述透光介质层包含所述低价氧化物和完全氧化物。The projection screen as claimed in claim 13, wherein the light-transmitting medium layer comprises the low-valent oxide and the complete oxide. 如权利要求15所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述透光介质层包括层叠设置的第一介质层和第二介质层;其中,所述第一介质层采用低价氧化物,所述第二介质层采用完全氧化物;或者,所述第一介质层采用完全氧化物,所述第二介质层采用低价氧化物。The projection screen as claimed in claim 15, wherein the light-transmitting medium layer comprises a first medium layer and a second medium layer stacked in layers; wherein the first medium layer is made of a low-valent oxide and the second medium layer is made of a complete oxide; or, the first medium layer is made of a complete oxide and the second medium layer is made of a low-valent oxide. 如权利要求14或15所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述低价氧化物为Nb2O5-x、TiO2-y或Ta2O5-z中的一种;The projection screen according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the low-valent oxide is one of Nb 2 O 5-x , TiO 2-y or Ta 2 O 5-z ; 其中,0<x<5,0<y<2,0<z<5。Among them, 0<x<5, 0<y<2, 0<z<5. 如权利要求13所述的投影屏幕,其中,所述半透光层采用铝、铌、银和钛中的至少一种金属形成的层压结构;所述半透光层的厚度为2nm~20nm;The projection screen according to claim 13, wherein the semi-transmissive layer is a laminated structure formed by at least one metal selected from aluminum, niobium, silver and titanium; and the thickness of the semi-transmissive layer is 2 nm to 20 nm; 所述反光层的材料采用铝、铝合金、银或银合金;所述反光层的厚度大于50nm;The material of the reflective layer is aluminum, aluminum alloy, silver or silver alloy; the thickness of the reflective layer is greater than 50nm; 所述透光介质层的厚度与折射率之积为1200~1800。The product of the thickness and the refractive index of the light-transmitting medium layer is 1200-1800. 一种投影系统,包括:A projection system, comprising: 投影设备,用于出射投影光线;及A projection device for emitting projection light; and 投影屏幕,位于所述投影设备的出光侧,所述投影屏幕为权利要求1~18中任一项所述的投影屏幕;A projection screen, located at the light-emitting side of the projection device, wherein the projection screen is the projection screen according to any one of claims 1 to 18; 其中,所述投影设备为超短焦激光投影设备;所述投影设备包括:Wherein, the projection device is an ultra-short-throw laser projection device; the projection device comprises: 三色激光光源装置,用于出射三基色激光;A three-color laser light source device, used for emitting three-primary-color lasers; 光调制部件,位于所述三色激光光源装置的出光侧,用于对所述三色激光光源装置的出射激光进行调制;及a light modulation component, located at the light output side of the three-color laser light source device, and used to modulate the output laser light of the three-color laser light source device; and 投影镜头,位于所述光调制部件的出光侧。The projection lens is located at the light-emitting side of the light modulation component. 一种投影屏幕的制作方法,包括:A method for manufacturing a projection screen, comprising: 菲涅尔透镜层制作工序:制作菲涅尔透镜层;所述菲涅尔透镜层的一侧表面具有多个透镜单元,各所述透镜单元呈沿径向依次扩张排列的同心圆状;所述透镜单元包括相互连接的透镜面和非透镜面;Fresnel lens layer manufacturing process: manufacturing a Fresnel lens layer; a surface of one side of the Fresnel lens layer has a plurality of lens units, each of the lens units is in the shape of concentric circles that are sequentially expanded and arranged along the radial direction; the lens unit includes a lens surface and a non-lens surface that are connected to each other; 波长选择反射层制作工序:在所述透镜单元的表面上形成波长选择反射层;所述波长选择反射层沿垂直于所述投影屏幕所在平面的厚度随着各透镜单元的半径的增大而增大;以及Wavelength selective reflection layer manufacturing process: forming a wavelength selective reflection layer on the surface of the lens unit; the thickness of the wavelength selective reflection layer along the plane perpendicular to the projection screen increases as the radius of each lens unit increases; and 表面功能层制作工序:在带有所述波长选择反射层的所述菲涅尔透镜层的一侧表面形成表面功能层。A surface functional layer manufacturing step: forming a surface functional layer on one surface of the Fresnel lens layer having the wavelength selective reflection layer. 如权利要求20所述的制作方法,其中,所述波长选择反射层包括半透光层、反光层和透光介质层;所述半透光层、所述反光层和所述透光介质层均采用溅射工艺进行制作;The manufacturing method according to claim 20, wherein the wavelength selective reflection layer comprises a semi-transparent layer, a reflective layer and a transparent medium layer; the semi-transparent layer, the reflective layer and the transparent medium layer are all manufactured by a sputtering process; 采用溅射工艺制作所述透光介质层,包括:The light-transmitting medium layer is manufactured by a sputtering process, comprising: 在溅射源上方设置修正板;A correction plate is arranged above the sputtering source; 在所述修正板的上方设置菲涅尔透镜层,使所述菲涅尔透镜层的所述透镜单元面向所述溅射源设置; A Fresnel lens layer is arranged above the correction plate, so that the lens unit of the Fresnel lens layer faces the sputtering source; 在溅射过程中卷动所述菲涅尔透镜层,使所述涅尔透镜层在所述溅射源上方沿第一方向移动;Rolling the Fresnel lens layer during the sputtering process so that the Fresnel lens layer moves along a first direction above the sputtering source; 其中,所述修正板包括多个子修正板对,所述子修正板对包括两个子修正板,所述两个子修正板之间具有设定距离的缝隙;各所述子修正板对沿第二方向排列;所述第一方向和所述第二方向垂直,所述第二方向垂直于所述投影屏幕的第一侧边,所述第一侧边为靠近所述透镜单元的圆心的侧边;沿着所述第二方向各所述子修正板对的缝隙随着各透镜单元的半径的增大而增大。Wherein, the correction plate includes a plurality of sub-correction plate pairs, the sub-correction plate pairs include two sub-correction plates, and a gap of a set distance is provided between the two sub-correction plates; each of the sub-correction plate pairs is arranged along a second direction; the first direction is perpendicular to the second direction, the second direction is perpendicular to a first side edge of the projection screen, and the first side edge is a side edge close to the center of the circle of the lens unit; the gap of each of the sub-correction plate pairs along the second direction increases as the radius of each lens unit increases. 一种投影屏幕的制作方法,包括:A method for manufacturing a projection screen, comprising: 制作菲涅尔透镜层;所述菲涅尔透镜层的一侧表面具有多个圆弧状的透镜单元,各圆弧状的透镜单元同心设置;各所述透镜单元均包括相互连接的透镜面和非透镜面,所述透镜面相对于所述投影屏幕所在的平面倾斜,所述非透镜面用于连接所述透镜面;A Fresnel lens layer is manufactured; a surface of one side of the Fresnel lens layer has a plurality of arc-shaped lens units, and the arc-shaped lens units are concentrically arranged; each of the lens units comprises a lens surface and a non-lens surface connected to each other, the lens surface is inclined relative to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the non-lens surface is used to connect the lens surface; 在所述菲涅尔透镜层的设定位置处设置蒸镀源,在多个所述透镜单元的透镜面上形成反射层;所述蒸镀源位于所述菲涅尔透镜层的具有多个所述透镜单元的一侧,所述蒸镀源与多个所述透镜单元之间相距设定距离;A vapor deposition source is arranged at a set position of the Fresnel lens layer to form a reflective layer on the lens surface of the plurality of lens units; the vapor deposition source is located on one side of the Fresnel lens layer having the plurality of lens units, and a set distance is provided between the vapor deposition source and the plurality of lens units; 在所述菲涅尔透镜层的背离所述反射层的一侧制作表面功能层。A surface functional layer is formed on a side of the Fresnel lens layer facing away from the reflective layer. 如权利要求22所述的制作方法,其中,所述在所述菲涅尔透镜层的设定位置设置蒸镀源,包括:The manufacturing method according to claim 22, wherein the evaporation source is provided at the set position of the Fresnel lens layer, comprising: 将呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源设置于所述菲涅尔透镜层的设定位置处。The arc-shaped vapor deposition source is disposed at a set position of the Fresnel lens layer. 如权利要求23所述的制作方法,其中,呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的圆心在所述投影屏幕所在的平面的正投影与所述透镜单元的圆心重合;所述呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的半径大于所述菲涅尔透镜层中任一所述透镜单元的半径;The manufacturing method according to claim 23, wherein the center of the arc-shaped evaporation source coincides with the center of the lens unit in the orthographic projection on the plane where the projection screen is located; the radius of the arc-shaped evaporation source is greater than the radius of any lens unit in the Fresnel lens layer; 所述呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的半径相对于所述菲涅尔透镜层中的所有透镜单元满足:
The radius of the arc-shaped evaporation source relative to all lens units in the Fresnel lens layer satisfies:
其中,αi表示沿所述菲涅尔透镜层的任一半径方向的截面中的、第i个透镜单元的非透镜面相对于所述投影屏幕所在平面的法线的倾斜角度,θi表示所述截面中的、所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点与第i个透镜单元的顶点的连线相对于所述法线的倾斜角度,Si表示所述截面中的、所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点到经过第i个透镜单元的顶点的所述法线的距离,h表示包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面到第i个透镜单元的顶点的距离;Wherein, α i represents the inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the i-th lens unit in a cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located, θ i represents the inclination angle of the line connecting the innermost point of the evaporation source and the vertex of the i-th lens unit in the cross section relative to the normal, S i represents the distance from the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section to the normal passing through the vertex of the i-th lens unit, and h represents the distance from the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source to the vertex of the i-th lens unit; 所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点为所述截面中的、所述蒸镀源最靠近圆心的点,所述圆心为呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的圆心;所述透镜单元的顶点为所述截面中的、所述透镜单元的透镜面与非透镜面的靠近所述蒸镀源一侧的交点;所述包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面平行于所述投影屏幕所在的平面;i为小于或等于所述菲涅尔透镜层中的透镜单元的数量的任意正整数。The innermost point of the evaporation source is the point in the cross section that is closest to the center of a circle, and the center of a circle is the center of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape; the vertex of the lens unit is the intersection of the lens surface and the non-lens surface of the lens unit in the cross section that are close to the evaporation source; the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source is parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located; i is any positive integer less than or equal to the number of lens units in the Fresnel lens layer.
如权利要求22所述的制作方法,其中,所述在所述菲涅尔透镜层的设定位置设置蒸镀源,包括:The manufacturing method according to claim 22, wherein the evaporation source is provided at the set position of the Fresnel lens layer, comprising: 将呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源设置于所述菲涅尔透镜层的设定位置处;Disposing an arc-shaped evaporation source at a set position of the Fresnel lens layer; 在蒸镀源与多个所述透镜单元之间设置多个间隔排布的挡板,所述挡板用于阻挡所述蒸镀源出射的蒸镀材料形成于所述透镜单元的非透镜面上。A plurality of baffles arranged at intervals are provided between the evaporation source and the plurality of lens units, and the baffles are used to block the evaporation material emitted from the evaporation source from being formed on the non-lens surface of the lens unit. 如权利要求25所述的制作方法,其中,所述挡板的形状为圆锥面的部分表面;所述挡板所在的圆锥面的顶点在所述投影屏幕所在的平面的正投影与所述透镜单元的圆心重合。The manufacturing method as described in claim 25, wherein the shape of the baffle is a partial surface of a conical surface; the vertex of the conical surface where the baffle is located coincides with the center of the lens unit in the orthographic projection on the plane where the projection screen is located. 如权利要求26所述的制作方法,其中,所述挡板满足:
The manufacturing method according to claim 26, wherein the baffle satisfies:
其中,αmax表示沿所述菲涅尔透镜层的任一半径方向的截面中的、所述透镜单元的非透镜面相对于所述投影屏幕所在平面的法线的最大倾斜角度,θ表示所述截面中的、所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点与所述挡板的靠近所述菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的连接线相对于所述法线的最小倾斜角度,S1表示所述截面中的、所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点到经过所述挡板的靠近所述菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的所述法线的最小距离,h1表示包括所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面到所述挡板的靠近所述菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的距离;Wherein, α max represents the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the lens unit relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located in a cross section along any radial direction of the Fresnel lens layer, θ represents the minimum inclination angle of the connecting line between the innermost point of the evaporation source and the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer in the cross section relative to the normal, S 1 represents the minimum distance from the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section to the normal passing through the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer, and h 1 represents the distance from the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source to the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer; 所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点为所述截面中的、所述蒸镀源最靠近圆心的点,所述圆心为呈圆弧状设置的蒸镀源的圆心;所述包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面平行于所述投影屏幕所在的平面。The innermost point of the evaporation source is the point in the cross section that is closest to the center of a circle, and the center of a circle is the center of the evaporation source arranged in an arc shape; the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source is parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located.
如权利要求22所述的制作方法,其中,所述在所述菲涅尔透镜层的设定位置设置蒸镀源,包括:The manufacturing method according to claim 22, wherein the evaporation source is provided at the set position of the Fresnel lens layer, comprising: 将呈条状设置的蒸镀源设置于所述菲涅尔透镜层的设定位置处;Disposing a strip-shaped evaporation source at a set position of the Fresnel lens layer; 在蒸镀源与多个所述透镜单元之间设置多个间隔排布的挡板,所述挡板用于阻挡所述蒸镀源出射的蒸镀材料形成于所述透镜单元的非透镜面上。A plurality of baffles arranged at intervals are provided between the evaporation source and the plurality of lens units, and the baffles are used to block the evaporation material emitted from the evaporation source from being formed on the non-lens surface of the lens unit. 如权利要求28所述的制作方法,其中,呈条状设置的蒸镀源沿第一方向延伸,所述第一方向平行于所述投影屏幕所在平面,所述第一方向垂直于所述投影屏幕沿竖直方向的对称轴;The manufacturing method according to claim 28, wherein the strip-shaped evaporation source extends along a first direction, the first direction is parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located, and the first direction is perpendicular to the symmetry axis of the projection screen along the vertical direction; 所述挡板为沿所述第一方向延伸的条状,所述挡板为平面,所述挡板相对于所述投影屏幕所在的平面倾斜设置。The baffle is in the shape of a strip extending along the first direction, the baffle is a plane, and the baffle is arranged obliquely relative to the plane where the projection screen is located. 如权利要求29所述的制作方法,其中,所述挡板满足:
The manufacturing method according to claim 29, wherein the baffle satisfies:
其中,αmax'表示所述投影屏幕沿垂直于所述第一方向的任一截面中的、所述透镜单元的非透镜面相对于所述投影屏幕所在平面的法线的最大倾斜角度,θ’表示所述截面中的、所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点与所述挡板的靠近所述菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的连接线相对于所述法线的最小倾斜角度,S1'表示所述截面中的、所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点到经过所述挡板的靠近所述菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的所述法线的最小距离,h1'表示包括所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面到所述挡板的靠近所述菲涅尔透镜层一侧的边缘的距离;wherein α max ' represents the maximum inclination angle of the non-lens surface of the lens unit relative to the normal of the plane where the projection screen is located in any cross section of the projection screen along the perpendicular direction, θ' represents the minimum inclination angle of the connecting line between the innermost point of the evaporation source and the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer in the cross section relative to the normal, S 1 ' represents the minimum distance from the innermost point of the evaporation source in the cross section to the normal passing through the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer, and h 1 ' represents the distance from the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source to the edge of the baffle plate close to the Fresnel lens layer; 所述蒸镀源的最内侧的点为所述截面中的、所述蒸镀源最远离对应的所述挡板一侧的点;所述包括蒸镀源的最内侧的点的平面平行于所述投影屏幕所在的平面。 The innermost point of the evaporation source is the point in the cross section that is farthest from the corresponding side of the baffle; the plane including the innermost point of the evaporation source is parallel to the plane where the projection screen is located.
PCT/CN2024/081257 2023-04-19 2024-03-12 Projection screen and manufacturing method therefor, and projection system WO2024217186A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202310422256.0 2023-04-19
CN202310422256.0A CN118818877A (en) 2023-04-19 2023-04-19 Projection screen, method for making same and projection system
CN202310548405.8A CN116699937A (en) 2023-05-16 2023-05-16 Projection screen and projection system
CN202310548405.8 2023-05-16
CN202311078929.1A CN119511625A (en) 2023-08-25 Projection Screens and Projection Systems
CN202311078929.1 2023-08-25
CN202311449292.2 2023-11-02
CN202311449292 2023-11-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024217186A1 true WO2024217186A1 (en) 2024-10-24

Family

ID=93151975

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/081257 WO2024217186A1 (en) 2023-04-19 2024-03-12 Projection screen and manufacturing method therefor, and projection system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024217186A1 (en)

Citations (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005134448A (en) * 2003-10-28 2005-05-26 Sony Corp Reflective screen and display device
CN1664695A (en) * 2004-02-27 2005-09-07 伯斯有限公司 Selective reflecting
JP2009169006A (en) * 2008-01-15 2009-07-30 Kuraray Co Ltd Reflective screen
KR101209280B1 (en) * 2011-09-27 2012-12-07 김재진 The reflection type screen for the ultra short focus projector
CN103219388A (en) * 2012-01-20 2013-07-24 索尼公司 Thin-film transistor, method of manufacturing the same, display unit, and electronic apparatus
JP2015069177A (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-13 大日本印刷株式会社 Method of forming reflective layer and method of manufacturing reflective screen
JP2015075724A (en) * 2013-10-11 2015-04-20 大日本印刷株式会社 Method of forming reflective layer and method of manufacturing reflective screen
CN105408777A (en) * 2014-02-14 2016-03-16 大日本印刷株式会社 Reflection screen, reflection-screen production method, screen housing, and video display system
CN106338878A (en) * 2016-11-16 2017-01-18 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 Short-focus positive-projection display screen
CN109426062A (en) * 2017-09-01 2019-03-05 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 A kind of short focus orthographic projection shows screen and preparation method thereof
CN109426061A (en) * 2017-09-01 2019-03-05 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 A kind of short focus orthographic projection shows screen and preparation method thereof
CN109725484A (en) * 2019-01-08 2019-05-07 成都菲斯特科技有限公司 A kind of off-axis short focus orthographic projection optical screen and projection display system
CN114137789A (en) * 2021-12-07 2022-03-04 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Projection screen and projection device
CN114545722A (en) * 2020-11-25 2022-05-27 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Projection screen and projection system can curl
CN216956415U (en) * 2022-01-14 2022-07-12 深圳光峰科技股份有限公司 Fresnel optical device, Fresnel screen, and display apparatus
CN115390353A (en) * 2021-05-19 2022-11-25 成都菲斯特科技有限公司 Optical projection screen and projection system
CN115509079A (en) * 2022-09-26 2022-12-23 华为终端有限公司 Screen and projection system
CN115729026A (en) * 2022-10-17 2023-03-03 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Projection screen, manufacturing method thereof and projection system
CN218601674U (en) * 2022-10-11 2023-03-10 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Fresnel projection screen and projection device
CN218825137U (en) * 2022-12-02 2023-04-07 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Fresnel projection screen and projection device
CN116699937A (en) * 2023-05-16 2023-09-05 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Projection screen and projection system

Patent Citations (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005134448A (en) * 2003-10-28 2005-05-26 Sony Corp Reflective screen and display device
CN1664695A (en) * 2004-02-27 2005-09-07 伯斯有限公司 Selective reflecting
JP2009169006A (en) * 2008-01-15 2009-07-30 Kuraray Co Ltd Reflective screen
KR101209280B1 (en) * 2011-09-27 2012-12-07 김재진 The reflection type screen for the ultra short focus projector
CN103219388A (en) * 2012-01-20 2013-07-24 索尼公司 Thin-film transistor, method of manufacturing the same, display unit, and electronic apparatus
JP2015069177A (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-13 大日本印刷株式会社 Method of forming reflective layer and method of manufacturing reflective screen
JP2015075724A (en) * 2013-10-11 2015-04-20 大日本印刷株式会社 Method of forming reflective layer and method of manufacturing reflective screen
CN105408777A (en) * 2014-02-14 2016-03-16 大日本印刷株式会社 Reflection screen, reflection-screen production method, screen housing, and video display system
CN106338878A (en) * 2016-11-16 2017-01-18 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 Short-focus positive-projection display screen
CN109426061A (en) * 2017-09-01 2019-03-05 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 A kind of short focus orthographic projection shows screen and preparation method thereof
CN109426062A (en) * 2017-09-01 2019-03-05 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 A kind of short focus orthographic projection shows screen and preparation method thereof
CN109725484A (en) * 2019-01-08 2019-05-07 成都菲斯特科技有限公司 A kind of off-axis short focus orthographic projection optical screen and projection display system
CN114545722A (en) * 2020-11-25 2022-05-27 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Projection screen and projection system can curl
CN115390353A (en) * 2021-05-19 2022-11-25 成都菲斯特科技有限公司 Optical projection screen and projection system
CN114137789A (en) * 2021-12-07 2022-03-04 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Projection screen and projection device
CN216956415U (en) * 2022-01-14 2022-07-12 深圳光峰科技股份有限公司 Fresnel optical device, Fresnel screen, and display apparatus
CN115509079A (en) * 2022-09-26 2022-12-23 华为终端有限公司 Screen and projection system
CN218601674U (en) * 2022-10-11 2023-03-10 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Fresnel projection screen and projection device
CN115729026A (en) * 2022-10-17 2023-03-03 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Projection screen, manufacturing method thereof and projection system
CN218825137U (en) * 2022-12-02 2023-04-07 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Fresnel projection screen and projection device
CN116699937A (en) * 2023-05-16 2023-09-05 青岛海信激光显示股份有限公司 Projection screen and projection system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI660222B (en) Liquid crystal display comprising quantum dot sheet and color gamut enhancing film
CN109920938B (en) OLED display panel and OLED display device
US7190516B2 (en) Screen, optical film, and method of manufacturing an optical film
CN100371825C (en) Projection screen and its mfg. method
JP2000305182A (en) Manufacture of sheet-like member and transmissive screen
US20060001959A1 (en) Optical multilayer film and reflective screen
TW200925509A (en) Back-light portion
CN101452197B (en) image screen
CN113113443B (en) Display panel and display device
WO2024082686A1 (en) Projection screen and manufacturing method therefor, and projection system
US8009357B2 (en) Image screen
WO2024217186A1 (en) Projection screen and manufacturing method therefor, and projection system
CN116699937A (en) Projection screen and projection system
JP2004061545A (en) Screen for projection and manufacturing method therefor
CN118818877A (en) Projection screen, method for making same and projection system
JP4590847B2 (en) Screen and manufacturing method thereof
JP2004240159A (en) Screen and its manufacturing method
JP2005266264A (en) Screen
WO2024139485A1 (en) Projection screen and manufacturing method therefor, and projection system
CN119511625A (en) Projection Screens and Projection Systems
JP2004061546A (en) Projection screen and manufacturing method therefor
CN222105822U (en) Projection screen and projection system
CN118276390A (en) Projection screen and projection system
JP2004062136A (en) Color correction filter
CN118276391A (en) Projection screen and projection system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24791774

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1